* inferior.h (stop_bpstat): Delete.
[binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include <ctype.h>
24 #include "hashtab.h"
25 #include "symtab.h"
26 #include "frame.h"
27 #include "breakpoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "demangle.h"
40 #include "annotate.h"
41 #include "symfile.h"
42 #include "objfiles.h"
43 #include "source.h"
44 #include "linespec.h"
45 #include "completer.h"
46 #include "gdb.h"
47 #include "ui-out.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
49 #include "gdb_assert.h"
50 #include "block.h"
51 #include "solib.h"
52 #include "solist.h"
53 #include "observer.h"
54 #include "exceptions.h"
55 #include "memattr.h"
56 #include "ada-lang.h"
57 #include "top.h"
58 #include "wrapper.h"
59
60 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
61
62 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
63 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
64 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
65
66 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
67
68 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
69
70 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
71
72 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
73
74 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
75
76 static void disable_command (char *, int);
77
78 static void enable_command (char *, int);
79
80 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint *));
81
82 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
83
84 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
85
86 static void clear_command (char *, int);
87
88 static void catch_command (char *, int);
89
90 static void watch_command (char *, int);
91
92 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
93
94 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
95
96 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
97
98 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line, enum bptype);
99
100 static void check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *);
101
102 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
103
104 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
105 enum bptype bptype);
106
107 static void describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR, struct obj_section *, int);
108
109 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
110
111 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
112
113 static bpstat bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *, bpstat);
114
115 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
116
117 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
118
119 static void commands_command (char *, int);
120
121 static void condition_command (char *, int);
122
123 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
124
125 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
126
127 typedef enum
128 {
129 mark_inserted,
130 mark_uninserted
131 }
132 insertion_state_t;
133
134 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
135
136 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
137
138 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
139
140 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
141
142 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
143
144 static void create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *);
145
146 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
147
148 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
149
150 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
151
152 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
153
154 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
155
156 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
157
158 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
159
160 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
161
162 static void create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag,
163 char *cond_string,
164 enum bptype bp_kind);
165
166 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
167
168 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
169
170 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
171
172 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
173
174 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg);
175
176 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
177 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
178
179 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
180
181 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s);
182
183 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc);
184
185 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
186
187 static struct bp_location *
188 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bptype bp_type);
189
190 static void update_global_location_list (int);
191
192 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
193
194 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt);
195
196 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
197
198 static const char *
199 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
200 {
201 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
202 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
203 static char *bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
204 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
205 }
206
207 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
208 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
209 if such is available. */
210 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
211
212 static void
213 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
214 struct cmd_list_element *c,
215 const char *value)
216 {
217 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
218 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
219 value);
220 }
221
222 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
223 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
224 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
225 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
226 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
227 static void
228 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
229 struct cmd_list_element *c,
230 const char *value)
231 {
232 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
233 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
234 value);
235 }
236
237 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
238 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
239 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
240 use hardware breakpoints. */
241 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
242 static void
243 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
244 struct cmd_list_element *c,
245 const char *value)
246 {
247 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
248 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
249 value);
250 }
251
252 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
253 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
254 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
255 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
256 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
257
258 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
259 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
260 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
261 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
262 always_inserted_auto,
263 always_inserted_off,
264 always_inserted_on,
265 NULL
266 };
267 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
268 static void
269 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
270 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
271 {
272 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
273 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
274 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
275 value,
276 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
277 else
278 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value);
279 }
280
281 int
282 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
283 {
284 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
285 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop));
286 }
287
288 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
289
290 extern int addressprint; /* Print machine addresses? */
291
292 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
293 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
294
295 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
296 static int overlay_events_enabled;
297
298 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
299 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
300 breakpoint. */
301
302 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
303
304 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
305 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
306 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
307 B = TMP)
308
309 /* Similar iterators for the low-level breakpoints. */
310
311 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B) for (B = bp_location_chain; B; B = B->global_next)
312
313 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
314 for (B = bp_location_chain; \
315 B ? (TMP=B->global_next, 1): 0; \
316 B = TMP)
317
318 /* True if breakpoint hit counts should be displayed in breakpoint info. */
319
320 int show_breakpoint_hit_counts = 1;
321
322 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
323
324 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
325
326 struct bp_location *bp_location_chain;
327
328 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
329 unlinked from bp_location_chain, but for which a hit
330 may still be reported by a target. */
331 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
332
333 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
334
335 int breakpoint_count;
336
337 /* This function returns a pointer to the string representation of the
338 pathname of the dynamically-linked library that has just been
339 loaded.
340
341 This function must be used only when SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT is TRUE,
342 or undefined results are guaranteed.
343
344 This string's contents are only valid immediately after the
345 inferior has stopped in the dynamic linker hook, and becomes
346 invalid as soon as the inferior is continued. Clients should make
347 a copy of this string if they wish to continue the inferior and
348 then access the string. */
349
350 #ifndef SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME
351 #define SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME(pid) ""
352 #endif
353
354 /* This function returns a pointer to the string representation of the
355 pathname of the dynamically-linked library that has just been
356 unloaded.
357
358 This function must be used only when SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT is
359 TRUE, or undefined results are guaranteed.
360
361 This string's contents are only valid immediately after the
362 inferior has stopped in the dynamic linker hook, and becomes
363 invalid as soon as the inferior is continued. Clients should make
364 a copy of this string if they wish to continue the inferior and
365 then access the string. */
366
367 #ifndef SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME
368 #define SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME(pid) ""
369 #endif
370
371 /* This function is called by the "catch load" command. It allows the
372 debugger to be notified by the dynamic linker when a specified
373 library file (or any library file, if filename is NULL) is loaded. */
374
375 #ifndef SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK
376 #define SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK(pid,tempflag,filename,cond_string) \
377 error (_("catch of library loads not yet implemented on this platform"))
378 #endif
379
380 /* This function is called by the "catch unload" command. It allows
381 the debugger to be notified by the dynamic linker when a specified
382 library file (or any library file, if filename is NULL) is
383 unloaded. */
384
385 #ifndef SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK
386 #define SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK(pid, tempflag, filename, cond_string) \
387 error (_("catch of library unloads not yet implemented on this platform"))
388 #endif
389
390 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
391 static int
392 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
393 {
394 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
395 }
396
397 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
398
399 void
400 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
401 {
402 breakpoint_count = num;
403 set_internalvar (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"),
404 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, (LONGEST) num));
405 }
406
407 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
408
409 void
410 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
411 {
412 struct breakpoint *b;
413
414 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
415 b->hit_count = 0;
416 }
417
418 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
419 for "break" command with no arg.
420 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
421 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
422
423 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
424
425 int default_breakpoint_valid;
426 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
427 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
428 int default_breakpoint_line;
429 \f
430 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
431 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
432
433 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
434 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
435 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
436
437 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
438
439 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
440 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
441 static int
442 get_number_trailer (char **pp, int trailer)
443 {
444 int retval = 0; /* default */
445 char *p = *pp;
446
447 if (p == NULL)
448 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
449 return breakpoint_count;
450 else if (*p == '$')
451 {
452 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
453 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
454 char *varname;
455 char *start = ++p;
456 struct value *val;
457
458 while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_')
459 p++;
460 varname = (char *) alloca (p - start + 1);
461 strncpy (varname, start, p - start);
462 varname[p - start] = '\0';
463 val = value_of_internalvar (lookup_internalvar (varname));
464 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val)) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
465 retval = (int) value_as_long (val);
466 else
467 {
468 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
469 retval = 0;
470 }
471 }
472 else
473 {
474 if (*p == '-')
475 ++p;
476 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
477 ++p;
478 if (p == *pp)
479 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
480 {
481 /* Skip non-numeric token */
482 while (*p && !isspace((int) *p))
483 ++p;
484 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
485 retval = 0;
486 }
487 else
488 retval = atoi (*pp);
489 }
490 if (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
491 {
492 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
493 while (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
494 ++p;
495 retval = 0;
496 }
497 while (isspace (*p))
498 p++;
499 *pp = p;
500 return retval;
501 }
502
503
504 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
505 int
506 get_number (char **pp)
507 {
508 return get_number_trailer (pp, '\0');
509 }
510
511 /* Parse a number or a range.
512 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
513 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
514 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
515 * inclusive.
516 *
517 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
518 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
519 *
520 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
521 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
522 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
523 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
524 * pointer PP past <number2>.
525 */
526
527 int
528 get_number_or_range (char **pp)
529 {
530 static int last_retval, end_value;
531 static char *end_ptr;
532 static int in_range = 0;
533
534 if (**pp != '-')
535 {
536 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
537 or to the first number of a range. */
538 last_retval = get_number_trailer (pp, '-');
539 if (**pp == '-')
540 {
541 char **temp;
542
543 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
544 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
545 and also remember the end of the final token. */
546
547 temp = &end_ptr;
548 end_ptr = *pp + 1;
549 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr))
550 end_ptr++; /* skip white space */
551 end_value = get_number (temp);
552 if (end_value < last_retval)
553 {
554 error (_("inverted range"));
555 }
556 else if (end_value == last_retval)
557 {
558 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
559 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
560 single number. */
561 *pp = end_ptr;
562 }
563 else
564 in_range = 1;
565 }
566 }
567 else if (! in_range)
568 error (_("negative value"));
569 else
570 {
571 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
572 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
573 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
574 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
575 is reached. */
576
577 if (++last_retval == end_value)
578 {
579 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
580 *pp = end_ptr;
581 in_range = 0;
582 }
583 }
584 return last_retval;
585 }
586
587
588 \f
589 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
590
591 static void
592 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
593 {
594 struct breakpoint *b;
595 char *p;
596 int bnum;
597
598 if (arg == 0)
599 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
600
601 p = arg;
602 bnum = get_number (&p);
603 if (bnum == 0)
604 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
605
606 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
607 if (b->number == bnum)
608 {
609 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
610 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
611 {
612 if (loc->cond)
613 {
614 xfree (loc->cond);
615 loc->cond = 0;
616 }
617 }
618 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
619 xfree (b->cond_string);
620
621 if (*p == 0)
622 {
623 b->cond_string = NULL;
624 if (from_tty)
625 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum);
626 }
627 else
628 {
629 arg = p;
630 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
631 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
632 b->cond_string = savestring (arg, strlen (arg));
633 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
634 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
635 {
636 arg = p;
637 loc->cond =
638 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
639 if (*arg)
640 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
641 }
642 }
643 breakpoints_changed ();
644 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
645 return;
646 }
647
648 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
649 }
650
651 static void
652 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
653 {
654 struct breakpoint *b;
655 char *p;
656 int bnum;
657 struct command_line *l;
658
659 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
660 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
661 being read from. */
662
663 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
664 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
665
666 p = arg;
667 bnum = get_number (&p);
668
669 if (p && *p)
670 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
671
672 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
673 if (b->number == bnum)
674 {
675 char *tmpbuf = xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
676 bnum);
677 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, tmpbuf);
678 l = read_command_lines (tmpbuf, from_tty, 1);
679 do_cleanups (cleanups);
680 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
681 b->commands = l;
682 breakpoints_changed ();
683 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
684 return;
685 }
686 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
687 }
688
689 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
690 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
691
692 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
693 that are part of if and while bodies. */
694 enum command_control_type
695 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
696 {
697 struct breakpoint *b;
698 char *p;
699 int bnum;
700
701 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
702 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
703 being read from. */
704
705 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
706 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
707
708 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
709 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
710 if (arg && !*arg)
711 p = NULL;
712 else
713 p = arg;
714 bnum = get_number (&p);
715
716 if (p && *p)
717 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
718
719 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
720 if (b->number == bnum)
721 {
722 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
723 if (cmd->body_count != 1)
724 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
725 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
726 list after it finishes execution. */
727 b->commands = copy_command_lines (cmd->body_list[0]);
728 breakpoints_changed ();
729 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
730 return simple_control;
731 }
732 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
733 }
734 \f
735 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
736 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents. */
737
738 void
739 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
740 {
741 struct bp_location *b;
742 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
743 int bp_size = 0;
744 int bptoffset = 0;
745
746 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
747 {
748 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
749 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
750 b->owner->number);
751
752 if (b->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
753 continue;
754 if (!b->inserted)
755 continue;
756 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
757 we need to copy. */
758 bp_addr = b->target_info.placed_address;
759 bp_size = b->target_info.shadow_len;
760 if (bp_size == 0)
761 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
762 continue;
763
764 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
765 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
766 are reading. */
767 continue;
768
769 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
770 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
771 reading. */
772 continue;
773
774 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
775 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
776 {
777 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
778 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
779 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
780 bp_addr = memaddr;
781 }
782
783 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
784 {
785 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
786 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
787 }
788
789 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
790 b->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
791 }
792 }
793 \f
794
795 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
796 static void
797 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out *uo, void *args)
798 {
799 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) args;
800 int val = -1;
801
802 switch (b->type)
803 {
804 case bp_catch_fork:
805 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
806 break;
807 case bp_catch_vfork:
808 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
809 break;
810 case bp_catch_exec:
811 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
812 break;
813 default:
814 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
815 break;
816 }
817 }
818
819 static int
820 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
821 {
822 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
823 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
824 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
825 }
826
827 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
828 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
829 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
830 not need them.
831
832 If an error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
833 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
834 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
835 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
836 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
837
838 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
839 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
840 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
841 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
842
843 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
844 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
845 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
846 chain. */
847
848 static void
849 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression *exp, struct value **valp,
850 struct value **resultp, struct value **val_chain)
851 {
852 struct value *mark, *new_mark, *result;
853
854 *valp = NULL;
855 if (resultp)
856 *resultp = NULL;
857 if (val_chain)
858 *val_chain = NULL;
859
860 /* Evaluate the expression. */
861 mark = value_mark ();
862 result = NULL;
863 gdb_evaluate_expression (exp, &result);
864 new_mark = value_mark ();
865 if (mark == new_mark)
866 return;
867 if (resultp)
868 *resultp = result;
869
870 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
871 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
872 if (result != NULL
873 && (!value_lazy (result) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result)))
874 *valp = result;
875
876 if (val_chain)
877 {
878 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
879 decide which addresses to watch. */
880 *val_chain = new_mark;
881 value_release_to_mark (mark);
882 }
883 }
884
885 /* Assuming that B is a hardware watchpoint:
886 - Reparse watchpoint expression, is REPARSE is non-zero
887 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
888 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
889
890 If the watchpoint is disabled, do nothing. If this is
891 local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it. */
892 static void
893 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
894 {
895 int within_current_scope;
896 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
897 struct bp_location *loc;
898 bpstat bs;
899
900 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in
901 bp_location_chain and update_global_locations will
902 eventually delete them and remove breakpoints if
903 needed. */
904 b->loc = NULL;
905
906 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
907 return;
908
909 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
910 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
911 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
912 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
913 selected frame. */
914 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
915
916 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
917 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
918 within_current_scope = 1;
919 else
920 {
921 struct frame_info *fi;
922 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
923 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
924 if (within_current_scope)
925 select_frame (fi);
926 }
927
928 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
929 {
930 char *s;
931 if (b->exp)
932 {
933 xfree (b->exp);
934 b->exp = NULL;
935 }
936 s = b->exp_string;
937 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
938 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
939 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
940 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
941 be completely different objects. */
942 value_free (b->val);
943 b->val = NULL;
944 b->val_valid = 0;
945 }
946
947 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
948 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
949 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
950 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
951 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
952 if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
953 {
954 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
955
956 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &v, &result, &val_chain);
957
958 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
959 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
960 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
961 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
962 if (!b->val_valid)
963 {
964 b->val = v;
965 b->val_valid = 1;
966 }
967
968 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
969 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
970 {
971 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
972 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
973 must watch it. If the first value returned is
974 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
975 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
976 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
977 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
978 {
979 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
980
981 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
982 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
983 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
984 if (v == result
985 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
986 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
987 {
988 CORE_ADDR addr;
989 int len, type;
990 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
991
992 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
993 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
994 type = hw_write;
995 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
996 type = hw_read;
997 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
998 type = hw_access;
999
1000 loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bp_hardware_watchpoint);
1001 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1002 ;
1003 *tmp = loc;
1004 loc->address = addr;
1005 loc->length = len;
1006 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1007 }
1008 }
1009
1010 next = value_next (v);
1011 if (v != b->val)
1012 value_free (v);
1013 }
1014
1015 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
1016 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
1017 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
1018 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1019 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1020 {
1021 char *s = b->cond_string;
1022 b->loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1023 }
1024 }
1025 else if (!within_current_scope)
1026 {
1027 printf_filtered (_("\
1028 Hardware watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1029 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1030 b->number);
1031 if (b->related_breakpoint)
1032 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1033 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1034 }
1035
1036 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1037 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1038 }
1039
1040
1041 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1042 inserted in the inferior. */
1043 static int
1044 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bpt)
1045 {
1046 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner))
1047 return 0;
1048
1049 if (bpt->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1050 return 0;
1051
1052 if (!bpt->enabled || bpt->shlib_disabled || bpt->duplicate)
1053 return 0;
1054
1055 return 1;
1056 }
1057
1058 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1059 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1060 PROCESS_WARNING, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1061
1062 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1063 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1064 static int
1065 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bpt,
1066 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1067 int *disabled_breaks, int *process_warning,
1068 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1069 {
1070 int val = 0;
1071
1072 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt) || bpt->inserted)
1073 return 0;
1074
1075 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1076 memset (&bpt->target_info, 0, sizeof (bpt->target_info));
1077 bpt->target_info.placed_address = bpt->address;
1078
1079 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1080 || bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1081 {
1082 if (bpt->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1083 {
1084 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1085 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1086 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1087 Two important cases are:
1088 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1089 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1090 hardware breakpoint.
1091 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1092 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1093 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1094
1095 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1096 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1097 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1098 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1099 struct mem_region *mr
1100 = lookup_mem_region (bpt->target_info.placed_address);
1101
1102 if (mr)
1103 {
1104 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1105 {
1106 int changed = 0;
1107 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1108
1109 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1110 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1111 else
1112 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1113
1114 if (new_type != bpt->loc_type)
1115 {
1116 static int said = 0;
1117 bpt->loc_type = new_type;
1118 if (!said)
1119 {
1120 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, _("\
1121 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1122 said = 1;
1123 }
1124 }
1125 }
1126 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1127 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1128 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1129 paddr (bpt->address));
1130 }
1131 }
1132
1133 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1134 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1135 || bpt->section == NULL
1136 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt->section)))
1137 {
1138 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1139
1140 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1141 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1142 else
1143 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1144 }
1145 else
1146 {
1147 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1148 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1149 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1150 {
1151 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1152 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1153 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1154 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1155 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1156 bpt->owner->number);
1157 else
1158 {
1159 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bpt->address,
1160 bpt->section);
1161 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1162 bpt->overlay_target_info = bpt->target_info;
1163 bpt->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1164 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->overlay_target_info);
1165 if (val != 0)
1166 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1167 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?",
1168 bpt->owner->number);
1169 }
1170 }
1171 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1172 if (section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1173 {
1174 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1175 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1176 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1177 else
1178 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1179 }
1180 else
1181 {
1182 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1183 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1184 return 0;
1185 }
1186 }
1187
1188 if (val)
1189 {
1190 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1191 if (solib_address (bpt->address))
1192 {
1193 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1194 val = 0;
1195 bpt->shlib_disabled = 1;
1196 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1197 {
1198 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1199 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1200 bpt->owner->number);
1201 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1202 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1203 }
1204 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1205 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1206 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt->owner->number);
1207 }
1208 else
1209 {
1210 #ifdef ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
1211 *process_warning = 1;
1212 #endif
1213 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1214 {
1215 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1216 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1217 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1218 bpt->owner->number);
1219 }
1220 else
1221 {
1222 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1223 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1224 bpt->owner->number);
1225 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1226 "Error accessing memory address ");
1227 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt->address), tmp_error_stream);
1228 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1229 safe_strerror (val));
1230 }
1231
1232 }
1233 }
1234 else
1235 bpt->inserted = 1;
1236
1237 return val;
1238 }
1239
1240 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1241 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1242 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1243 && bpt->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1244 {
1245 val = target_insert_watchpoint (bpt->address,
1246 bpt->length,
1247 bpt->watchpoint_type);
1248 bpt->inserted = (val != -1);
1249 }
1250
1251 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_fork
1252 || bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_vfork
1253 || bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_exec)
1254 {
1255 struct gdb_exception e = catch_exception (uiout, insert_catchpoint,
1256 bpt->owner, RETURN_MASK_ERROR);
1257 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1258 bpt->owner->number);
1259 if (e.reason < 0)
1260 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1261 else
1262 bpt->inserted = 1;
1263
1264 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1265 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1266 so just return success. */
1267 return 0;
1268 }
1269
1270 return 0;
1271 }
1272
1273 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1274 Throws exception on any error.
1275 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1276 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1277 void
1278 insert_breakpoints (void)
1279 {
1280 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1281
1282 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1283 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1284 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1285
1286 update_global_location_list (1);
1287
1288 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && target_has_execution)
1289 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints
1290 when always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly
1291 insert them now. */
1292 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1293 }
1294
1295 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1296 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1297 Both return zero if successful,
1298 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1299
1300 static void
1301 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1302 {
1303 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1304 struct bp_location *b, *temp;
1305 int error = 0;
1306 int val = 0;
1307 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1308 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1309 int process_warning = 0;
1310
1311 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1312 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1313
1314 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1315 there was an error. */
1316 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1317
1318 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE (b, temp)
1319 {
1320 if (!should_be_inserted (b) || b->inserted)
1321 continue;
1322
1323 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1324 thread no longer exists. */
1325 if (b->owner->thread != -1
1326 && !valid_thread_id (b->owner->thread))
1327 continue;
1328
1329 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1330 &disabled_breaks, &process_warning,
1331 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1332 if (val)
1333 error = val;
1334 }
1335
1336 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1337 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1338 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1339 {
1340 int some_failed = 0;
1341 struct bp_location *loc;
1342
1343 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1344 continue;
1345
1346 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
1347 continue;
1348
1349 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1350 continue;
1351
1352 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1353 if (!loc->inserted)
1354 {
1355 some_failed = 1;
1356 break;
1357 }
1358 if (some_failed)
1359 {
1360 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1361 if (loc->inserted)
1362 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1363
1364 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1365 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1366 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1367 bpt->number);
1368 error = -1;
1369 }
1370 }
1371
1372 if (error)
1373 {
1374 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1375 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1376 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1377 {
1378 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1379 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1380 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1381 }
1382 #ifdef ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
1383 if (process_warning)
1384 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1385 "The same program may be running in another process.");
1386 #endif
1387 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1388 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1389 }
1390 }
1391
1392 int
1393 remove_breakpoints (void)
1394 {
1395 struct bp_location *b;
1396 int val;
1397
1398 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1399 {
1400 if (b->inserted)
1401 {
1402 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1403 if (val != 0)
1404 return val;
1405 }
1406 }
1407 return 0;
1408 }
1409
1410 int
1411 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1412 {
1413 struct bp_location *b;
1414 int val;
1415
1416 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1417 {
1418 if (b->inserted && b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1419 {
1420 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1421 if (val != 0)
1422 return val;
1423 }
1424 }
1425 return 0;
1426 }
1427
1428 int
1429 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
1430 {
1431 struct bp_location *b;
1432 int val;
1433 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1434 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1435 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
1436
1437 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1438
1439 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1440 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1441 {
1442 if (b->inserted)
1443 {
1444 b->inserted = 0;
1445 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1446 &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
1447 if (val != 0)
1448 {
1449 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1450 return val;
1451 }
1452 }
1453 }
1454 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1455 return 0;
1456 }
1457
1458 void
1459 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1460 {
1461 struct breakpoint *b;
1462 struct breakpoint *temp;
1463 struct bp_location *bploc;
1464
1465 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1466 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1467 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1468 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1469 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1470 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1471 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1472 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1473 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc)
1474 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
1475
1476 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1477 {
1478 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1479 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
1480 {
1481 delete_breakpoint (b);
1482 continue;
1483 }
1484
1485 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1486 as must overlay event breakpoints. */
1487 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
1488 {
1489 delete_breakpoint (b);
1490 continue;
1491 }
1492
1493 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1494 if (b->type == bp_step_resume)
1495 {
1496 delete_breakpoint (b);
1497 continue;
1498 }
1499
1500 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1501 after an exec. */
1502 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
1503 {
1504 delete_breakpoint (b);
1505 continue;
1506 }
1507
1508 /* Don't delete an exec catchpoint, because else the inferior
1509 won't stop when it ought!
1510
1511 Similarly, we probably ought to keep vfork catchpoints, 'cause
1512 on this target, we may not be able to stop when the vfork is
1513 seen, but only when the subsequent exec is seen. (And because
1514 deleting fork catchpoints here but not vfork catchpoints will
1515 seem mysterious to users, keep those too.) */
1516 if ((b->type == bp_catch_exec) ||
1517 (b->type == bp_catch_vfork) ||
1518 (b->type == bp_catch_fork))
1519 {
1520 continue;
1521 }
1522
1523 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1524 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1525 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1526 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1527 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1528 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1529
1530 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1531 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1532 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1533 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1534 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1535 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1536 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1537
1538 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1539 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1540 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1541 let finish_command delete it.
1542
1543 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1544 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1545 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1546 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1547 solib breakpoints.) */
1548
1549 if (b->type == bp_finish)
1550 {
1551 continue;
1552 }
1553
1554 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1555 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1556 a.out. */
1557 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
1558 {
1559 delete_breakpoint (b);
1560 continue;
1561 }
1562 }
1563 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1564 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1565 }
1566
1567 int
1568 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
1569 {
1570 struct bp_location *b;
1571 int val;
1572 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1573
1574 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
1575 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1576
1577 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint uses this global. */
1578 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1579 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1580 {
1581 if (b->inserted)
1582 {
1583 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_inserted);
1584 if (val != 0)
1585 {
1586 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1587 return val;
1588 }
1589 }
1590 }
1591 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1592 return 0;
1593 }
1594
1595 static int
1596 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is)
1597 {
1598 int val;
1599
1600 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1601 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
1602 return 0;
1603
1604 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
1605 This should not ever happen. */
1606 gdb_assert (b->owner->type != bp_none);
1607
1608 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1609 || b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1610 {
1611 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
1612 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
1613 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
1614
1615 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1616 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1617 || b->section == NULL
1618 || !(section_is_overlay (b->section)))
1619 {
1620 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
1621
1622 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1623 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1624 else
1625 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1626 }
1627 else
1628 {
1629 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1630 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1631 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1632 {
1633 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
1634 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
1635 */
1636 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
1637 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
1638 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1639 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1640 else
1641 target_remove_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1642 }
1643 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
1644 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
1645 if (b->inserted)
1646 {
1647 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
1648 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
1649 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
1650 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
1651 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1652 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1653
1654 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
1655 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
1656 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
1657 else if (section_is_mapped (b->section))
1658 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1659 else
1660 val = 0;
1661 }
1662 else
1663 {
1664 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
1665 val = 0;
1666 }
1667 }
1668
1669 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
1670 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
1671 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
1672 if (val && solib_address (b->address))
1673 val = 0;
1674
1675 if (val)
1676 return val;
1677 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1678 }
1679 else if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1680 {
1681 struct value *v;
1682 struct value *n;
1683
1684 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1685 val = target_remove_watchpoint (b->address, b->length,
1686 b->watchpoint_type);
1687
1688 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
1689 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (b->inserted))
1690 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
1691 b->owner->number);
1692 }
1693 else if ((b->owner->type == bp_catch_fork ||
1694 b->owner->type == bp_catch_vfork ||
1695 b->owner->type == bp_catch_exec)
1696 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1697 && !b->duplicate)
1698 {
1699 val = -1;
1700 switch (b->owner->type)
1701 {
1702 case bp_catch_fork:
1703 val = target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1704 break;
1705 case bp_catch_vfork:
1706 val = target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1707 break;
1708 case bp_catch_exec:
1709 val = target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1710 break;
1711 default:
1712 warning (_("Internal error, %s line %d."), __FILE__, __LINE__);
1713 break;
1714 }
1715 if (val)
1716 return val;
1717 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1718 }
1719
1720 return 0;
1721 }
1722
1723 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
1724
1725 void
1726 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
1727 {
1728 struct bp_location *bpt;
1729
1730 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1731 bpt->inserted = 0;
1732 }
1733
1734 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
1735 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
1736
1737 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
1738 between runs.
1739
1740 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
1741 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
1742 init_wait_for_inferior). */
1743
1744
1745
1746 void
1747 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
1748 {
1749 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
1750 struct bp_location *bpt;
1751
1752 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1753 if (bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
1754 bpt->inserted = 0;
1755
1756 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1757 {
1758 switch (b->type)
1759 {
1760 case bp_call_dummy:
1761 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
1762
1763 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
1764 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
1765 get rid of it.
1766
1767 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
1768 delete_breakpoint (b);
1769 break;
1770
1771 case bp_watchpoint:
1772 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
1773 case bp_read_watchpoint:
1774 case bp_access_watchpoint:
1775
1776 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
1777 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
1778 delete_breakpoint (b);
1779 else if (context == inf_starting)
1780 {
1781 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
1782 in insert_breakpoints. */
1783 if (b->val)
1784 value_free (b->val);
1785 b->val = NULL;
1786 b->val_valid = 0;
1787 }
1788 break;
1789 default:
1790 break;
1791 }
1792 }
1793 }
1794
1795 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
1796 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
1797 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
1798 permanent breakpoint.
1799 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
1800 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
1801 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
1802 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
1803 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
1804
1805 enum breakpoint_here
1806 breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1807 {
1808 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1809 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1810
1811 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1812 {
1813 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1814 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1815 continue;
1816
1817 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1818 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1819 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1820 {
1821 if (overlay_debugging
1822 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1823 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1824 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1825 else if (bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1826 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
1827 else
1828 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
1829 }
1830 }
1831
1832 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
1833 }
1834
1835
1836 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
1837 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain/bp_location_chain mechanism.
1838 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
1839 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
1840
1841 int
1842 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1843 {
1844 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1845
1846 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1847 {
1848 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1849 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1850 continue;
1851
1852 if (bpt->inserted
1853 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is inserted and matches pc */
1854 {
1855 if (overlay_debugging
1856 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1857 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1858 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1859 else
1860 return 1;
1861 }
1862 }
1863 return 0;
1864 }
1865
1866 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
1867 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
1868
1869 int
1870 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1871 {
1872 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1873 return 1;
1874
1875 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1876 return 1;
1877
1878 return 0;
1879 }
1880
1881 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
1882 inserted at PC. */
1883
1884 int
1885 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1886 {
1887 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1888 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1889
1890 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1891 {
1892 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1893 continue;
1894
1895 if (bpt->inserted
1896 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1897 {
1898 if (overlay_debugging
1899 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1900 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1901 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1902 else
1903 return 1;
1904 }
1905 }
1906
1907 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
1908 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1909 return 1;
1910
1911 return 0;
1912 }
1913
1914 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
1915 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
1916
1917 int
1918 breakpoint_thread_match (CORE_ADDR pc, ptid_t ptid)
1919 {
1920 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1921 int thread;
1922
1923 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
1924
1925 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1926 {
1927 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1928 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1929 continue;
1930
1931 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1932 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1933 && bpt->address == pc
1934 && (bpt->owner->thread == -1 || bpt->owner->thread == thread))
1935 {
1936 if (overlay_debugging
1937 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1938 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1939 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1940 else
1941 return 1;
1942 }
1943 }
1944
1945 return 0;
1946 }
1947 \f
1948
1949 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
1950 in breakpoint.h. */
1951
1952 int
1953 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1954 {
1955 return
1956 (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
1957 || (ep->type == bp_catch_unload)
1958 || (ep->type == bp_catch_fork)
1959 || (ep->type == bp_catch_vfork)
1960 || (ep->type == bp_catch_exec);
1961
1962 /* ??rehrauer: Add more kinds here, as are implemented... */
1963 }
1964
1965 int
1966 ep_is_shlib_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1967 {
1968 return
1969 (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
1970 || (ep->type == bp_catch_unload);
1971 }
1972
1973 void
1974 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
1975 {
1976 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
1977 value_free (bs->old_val);
1978 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
1979 xfree (bs);
1980 }
1981
1982 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
1983 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
1984
1985 void
1986 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
1987 {
1988 bpstat p;
1989 bpstat q;
1990
1991 if (bsp == 0)
1992 return;
1993 p = *bsp;
1994 while (p != NULL)
1995 {
1996 q = p->next;
1997 bpstat_free (p);
1998 p = q;
1999 }
2000 *bsp = NULL;
2001 }
2002
2003 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2004 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2005
2006 bpstat
2007 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
2008 {
2009 bpstat p = NULL;
2010 bpstat tmp;
2011 bpstat retval = NULL;
2012
2013 if (bs == NULL)
2014 return bs;
2015
2016 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2017 {
2018 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
2019 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
2020 if (bs->commands != NULL)
2021 tmp->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
2022 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2023 {
2024 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
2025 release_value (tmp->old_val);
2026 }
2027
2028 if (p == NULL)
2029 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2030 retval = tmp;
2031 else
2032 p->next = tmp;
2033 p = tmp;
2034 }
2035 p->next = NULL;
2036 return retval;
2037 }
2038
2039 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2040
2041 bpstat
2042 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
2043 {
2044 if (bsp == NULL)
2045 return NULL;
2046
2047 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2048 {
2049 if (bsp->breakpoint_at && bsp->breakpoint_at->owner == breakpoint)
2050 return bsp;
2051 }
2052 return NULL;
2053 }
2054
2055 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2056 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2057 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2058
2059 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2060 step_resume breakpoint.
2061
2062 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2063 struct breakpoint *
2064 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp)
2065 {
2066 int current_thread;
2067
2068 gdb_assert (bsp != NULL);
2069
2070 current_thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
2071
2072 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2073 {
2074 if ((bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL) &&
2075 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_step_resume) &&
2076 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == current_thread ||
2077 bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == -1))
2078 return bsp->breakpoint_at->owner;
2079 }
2080
2081 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2082 }
2083
2084
2085 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2086 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2087 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2088 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2089 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2090 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2091 we set it.
2092 Return 1 otherwise. */
2093
2094 int
2095 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
2096 {
2097 struct breakpoint *b;
2098
2099 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
2100 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2101
2102 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2103 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2104 this function might return the same number more
2105 than once and this will look ugly. */
2106 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at ? (*bsp)->breakpoint_at->owner : NULL;
2107 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
2108 if (b == NULL)
2109 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2110
2111 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
2112 return 1;
2113 }
2114
2115 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2116
2117 void
2118 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
2119 {
2120 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2121 {
2122 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
2123 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2124 {
2125 value_free (bs->old_val);
2126 bs->old_val = NULL;
2127 }
2128 }
2129 }
2130
2131 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2132 static void
2133 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
2134 {
2135 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
2136 }
2137
2138 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2139 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2140 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2141 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
2142
2143 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
2144 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
2145 bpstat of the current thread. */
2146
2147 static int
2148 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
2149 {
2150 bpstat bs;
2151 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2152 int again = 0;
2153
2154 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2155 in bs->commands. */
2156 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
2157 return 0;
2158
2159 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
2160 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
2161
2162 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2163 bs = *bsp;
2164
2165 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
2166 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2167 {
2168 struct command_line *cmd;
2169 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
2170
2171 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2172
2173 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2174 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2175 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2176 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2177 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2178 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2179 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2180 the tree when we're done. */
2181 cmd = bs->commands;
2182 bs->commands = 0;
2183 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd);
2184
2185 while (cmd != NULL)
2186 {
2187 execute_control_command (cmd);
2188
2189 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2190 break;
2191 else
2192 cmd = cmd->next;
2193 }
2194
2195 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2196 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
2197
2198 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2199 {
2200 if (target_can_async_p ())
2201 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
2202 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
2203 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
2204 ;
2205 else
2206 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2207 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2208 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
2209 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
2210 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
2211 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
2212 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
2213 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
2214 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
2215 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
2216 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
2217 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
2218 with the new stop_bpstat. */
2219 again = 1;
2220 break;
2221 }
2222 }
2223 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2224 return again;
2225 }
2226
2227 void
2228 bpstat_do_actions (void)
2229 {
2230 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
2231 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
2232 && target_has_execution
2233 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
2234 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
2235 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
2236 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
2237 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
2238 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
2239 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat))
2240 break;
2241 }
2242
2243 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2244
2245 static void
2246 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
2247 {
2248 if (val == NULL)
2249 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
2250 else
2251 value_print (val, stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2252 }
2253
2254 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2255 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2256 by having it set different print_it values.
2257
2258 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2259 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2260 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2261 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2262 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2263
2264 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2265 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2266 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2267 don't print anything else.
2268 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2269 that something to be followed by a location.
2270 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2271 that something to be followed by a location.
2272 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2273 analysis. */
2274
2275 static enum print_stop_action
2276 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
2277 {
2278 struct cleanup *old_chain, *ui_out_chain;
2279 struct breakpoint *b;
2280 const struct bp_location *bl;
2281 struct ui_stream *stb;
2282 int bp_temp = 0;
2283 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
2284 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
2285 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2286 which has since been deleted. */
2287 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
2288 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2289 bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2290 b = bl->owner;
2291
2292 switch (b->type)
2293 {
2294 case bp_breakpoint:
2295 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
2296 bp_temp = bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del;
2297 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
2298 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
2299 bl->address,
2300 b->number, 1);
2301 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
2302 if (bp_temp)
2303 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2304 else
2305 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
2306 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2307 {
2308 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
2309 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
2310 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
2311 }
2312 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
2313 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
2314 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2315 break;
2316
2317 case bp_shlib_event:
2318 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2319 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2320 to shlib event" message.) */
2321 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2322 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2323 break;
2324
2325 case bp_thread_event:
2326 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2327 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2328 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2329 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2330 break;
2331
2332 case bp_overlay_event:
2333 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2334 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2335 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2336 break;
2337
2338 case bp_catch_load:
2339 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2340 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (loaded %s), "),
2341 b->number,
2342 b->triggered_dll_pathname);
2343 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2344 break;
2345
2346 case bp_catch_unload:
2347 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2348 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (unloaded %s), "),
2349 b->number,
2350 b->triggered_dll_pathname);
2351 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2352 break;
2353
2354 case bp_catch_fork:
2355 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2356 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
2357 b->number,
2358 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
2359 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2360 break;
2361
2362 case bp_catch_vfork:
2363 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2364 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
2365 b->number,
2366 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
2367 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2368 break;
2369
2370 case bp_catch_exec:
2371 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2372 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "),
2373 b->number,
2374 b->exec_pathname);
2375 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2376 break;
2377
2378 case bp_watchpoint:
2379 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2380 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2381 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2382 ui_out_field_string
2383 (uiout, "reason",
2384 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2385 mention (b);
2386 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2387 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2388 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2389 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2390 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2391 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2392 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2393 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2394 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2395 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2396 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2397 break;
2398
2399 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2400 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2401 ui_out_field_string
2402 (uiout, "reason",
2403 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2404 mention (b);
2405 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2406 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2407 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2408 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
2409 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2410 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2411 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2412 break;
2413
2414 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2415 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2416 {
2417 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2418 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2419 ui_out_field_string
2420 (uiout, "reason",
2421 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2422 mention (b);
2423 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2424 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2425 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2426 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2427 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2428 }
2429 else
2430 {
2431 mention (b);
2432 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2433 ui_out_field_string
2434 (uiout, "reason",
2435 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2436 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2437 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2438 }
2439 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2440 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2441 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2442 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2443 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2444 break;
2445
2446 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2447 here. */
2448
2449 case bp_finish:
2450 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2451 ui_out_field_string
2452 (uiout, "reason",
2453 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
2454 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2455 break;
2456
2457 case bp_until:
2458 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2459 ui_out_field_string
2460 (uiout, "reason",
2461 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
2462 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2463 break;
2464
2465 case bp_none:
2466 case bp_longjmp:
2467 case bp_longjmp_resume:
2468 case bp_step_resume:
2469 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2470 case bp_call_dummy:
2471 default:
2472 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2473 }
2474 }
2475
2476 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2477 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2478 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2479 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2480 normal_stop(). */
2481
2482 static enum print_stop_action
2483 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
2484 {
2485 switch (bs->print_it)
2486 {
2487 case print_it_noop:
2488 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2489 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2490 break;
2491
2492 case print_it_done:
2493 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
2494 relevant messages. */
2495 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2496 break;
2497
2498 case print_it_normal:
2499 {
2500 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2501 struct breakpoint *b = bl ? bl->owner : NULL;
2502
2503 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
2504 print_it_typical. */
2505 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
2506 if (b != NULL && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
2507 return b->ops->print_it (b);
2508 else
2509 return print_it_typical (bs);
2510 }
2511 break;
2512
2513 default:
2514 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
2515 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
2516 break;
2517 }
2518 }
2519
2520 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
2521 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
2522 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
2523 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
2524 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
2525 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
2526 routine is one of:
2527
2528 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
2529 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
2530 code to print the location. An example is
2531 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
2532 the location.
2533 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
2534 to also print the location part of the message.
2535 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
2536 don't require a location appended to the end.
2537 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
2538 further info to be printed.*/
2539
2540 enum print_stop_action
2541 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
2542 {
2543 int val;
2544
2545 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
2546 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
2547 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
2548 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
2549 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
2550 {
2551 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
2552 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
2553 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
2554 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
2555 return val;
2556 }
2557
2558 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
2559 with and nothing was printed. */
2560 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2561 }
2562
2563 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
2564 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
2565 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
2566 make it pass through catch_errors. */
2567
2568 static int
2569 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
2570 {
2571 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2572 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
2573 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2574 return i;
2575 }
2576
2577 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
2578
2579 static bpstat
2580 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *bl, bpstat cbs /* Current "bs" value */ )
2581 {
2582 bpstat bs;
2583
2584 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
2585 cbs->next = bs;
2586 bs->breakpoint_at = bl;
2587 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
2588 bs->commands = NULL;
2589 bs->old_val = NULL;
2590 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
2591 return bs;
2592 }
2593 \f
2594 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
2595 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
2596
2597 int
2598 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
2599 {
2600 int stopped_by_watchpoint = STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (*ws);
2601 CORE_ADDR addr;
2602 struct breakpoint *b;
2603
2604 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
2605 {
2606 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
2607 as not triggered. */
2608 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2609 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2610 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2611 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2612 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2613
2614 return 0;
2615 }
2616
2617 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
2618 {
2619 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
2620 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
2621 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2622 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2623 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2624 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2625 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
2626
2627 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
2628 }
2629
2630 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
2631 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
2632 triggered. */
2633
2634 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2635 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2636 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2637 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2638 {
2639 struct bp_location *loc;
2640 struct value *v;
2641
2642 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2643 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2644 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
2645 sufficient. */
2646 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
2647 addr, loc->address,
2648 loc->length))
2649 {
2650 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2651 break;
2652 }
2653 }
2654
2655 return 1;
2656 }
2657
2658 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
2659 because of check_errors). */
2660 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
2661 #define WP_DELETED 1
2662 /* The value has changed. */
2663 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
2664 /* The value has not changed. */
2665 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
2666
2667 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
2668 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
2669
2670 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
2671
2672 static int
2673 watchpoint_check (void *p)
2674 {
2675 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
2676 struct breakpoint *b;
2677 struct frame_info *fr;
2678 int within_current_scope;
2679
2680 b = bs->breakpoint_at->owner;
2681
2682 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
2683 within_current_scope = 1;
2684 else
2685 {
2686 /* There is no current frame at this moment. If we're going to have
2687 any chance of handling watchpoints on local variables, we'll need
2688 the frame chain (so we can determine if we're in scope). */
2689 reinit_frame_cache ();
2690 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
2691 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
2692
2693 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
2694 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
2695 if (within_current_scope
2696 && (block_linkage_function (b->exp_valid_block)
2697 != get_frame_function (fr)))
2698 within_current_scope = 0;
2699
2700 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
2701 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
2702 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
2703 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
2704 state as `not changed' without further checking.
2705
2706 vinschen/2003-09-04: The former implementation left out the case
2707 that the watchpoint frame couldn't be found by frame_find_by_id()
2708 because the current PC is currently in an epilogue. Calling
2709 gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p() also when fr == NULL fixes that. */
2710 if ((!within_current_scope || fr == get_current_frame ())
2711 && gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (current_gdbarch, read_pc ()))
2712 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2713 if (fr && within_current_scope)
2714 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
2715 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
2716 the user. */
2717 select_frame (fr);
2718 }
2719
2720 if (within_current_scope)
2721 {
2722 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
2723 *long* time before we return to the command level and
2724 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
2725 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
2726
2727 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2728 struct value *new_val;
2729
2730 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
2731 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
2732 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal (b->val, new_val)))
2733 {
2734 if (new_val != NULL)
2735 {
2736 release_value (new_val);
2737 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2738 }
2739 bs->old_val = b->val;
2740 b->val = new_val;
2741 b->val_valid = 1;
2742 /* We will stop here */
2743 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
2744 }
2745 else
2746 {
2747 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
2748 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2749 /* We won't stop here */
2750 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2751 }
2752 }
2753 else
2754 {
2755 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
2756 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
2757 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
2758 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
2759 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
2760 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
2761 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
2762 the first value assigned). */
2763 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
2764 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
2765 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
2766 information here. */
2767 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2768 ui_out_field_string
2769 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
2770 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
2771 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
2772 ui_out_text (uiout, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
2773 which its expression is valid.\n");
2774
2775 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2776 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2777 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2778
2779 return WP_DELETED;
2780 }
2781 }
2782
2783 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
2784 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
2785 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
2786 static int
2787 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
2788 {
2789 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2790
2791 if (b->type != bp_watchpoint
2792 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2793 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
2794 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint
2795 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
2796 && b->type != bp_catch_fork
2797 && b->type != bp_catch_vfork
2798 && b->type != bp_catch_exec) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
2799 {
2800 if (bl->address != bp_addr) /* address doesn't match */
2801 return 0;
2802 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2803 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2804 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2805 return 0;
2806 }
2807
2808 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
2809 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
2810 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
2811 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
2812 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
2813 (did not match the data address). */
2814
2815 if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2816 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2817 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2818 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
2819 return 0;
2820
2821 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2822 {
2823 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
2824 return 0;
2825 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2826 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2827 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2828 return 0;
2829 }
2830
2831 /* Is this a catchpoint of a load or unload? If so, did we
2832 get a load or unload of the specified library? If not,
2833 ignore it. */
2834 if ((b->type == bp_catch_load)
2835 #if defined(SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT)
2836 && (!SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT (PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2837 || ((b->dll_pathname != NULL)
2838 && (strcmp (b->dll_pathname,
2839 SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
2840 PIDGET (inferior_ptid)))
2841 != 0)))
2842 #endif
2843 )
2844 return 0;
2845
2846 if ((b->type == bp_catch_unload)
2847 #if defined(SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT)
2848 && (!SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT (PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2849 || ((b->dll_pathname != NULL)
2850 && (strcmp (b->dll_pathname,
2851 SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
2852 PIDGET (inferior_ptid)))
2853 != 0)))
2854 #endif
2855 )
2856 return 0;
2857
2858 if ((b->type == bp_catch_fork)
2859 && !inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid,
2860 &b->forked_inferior_pid))
2861 return 0;
2862
2863 if ((b->type == bp_catch_vfork)
2864 && !inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid,
2865 &b->forked_inferior_pid))
2866 return 0;
2867
2868 if ((b->type == bp_catch_exec)
2869 && !inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &b->exec_pathname))
2870 return 0;
2871
2872 return 1;
2873 }
2874
2875 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
2876 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
2877 to 0. */
2878 static void
2879 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
2880 {
2881 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2882 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2883
2884 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint
2885 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2886 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
2887 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2888 {
2889 CORE_ADDR addr;
2890 struct value *v;
2891 int must_check_value = 0;
2892
2893 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2894 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
2895 watched value. */
2896 must_check_value = 1;
2897 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
2898 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
2899 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
2900 this watchpoint. */
2901 must_check_value = 1;
2902 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
2903 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2904 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
2905 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
2906 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
2907 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
2908 must_check_value = 1;
2909
2910 if (must_check_value)
2911 {
2912 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
2913 b->number);
2914 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2915 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
2916 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2917 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2918 switch (e)
2919 {
2920 case WP_DELETED:
2921 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2922 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2923 /* Stop. */
2924 break;
2925 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
2926 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2927 {
2928 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2929 the value has changed. This is for targets
2930 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
2931 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2932 bs->stop = 0;
2933 }
2934 break;
2935 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
2936 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2937 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2938 {
2939 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2940 the value hasn't changed. */
2941 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2942 bs->stop = 0;
2943 }
2944 /* Stop. */
2945 break;
2946 default:
2947 /* Can't happen. */
2948 case 0:
2949 /* Error from catch_errors. */
2950 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
2951 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2952 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2953 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2954 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2955 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2956 break;
2957 }
2958 }
2959 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
2960 {
2961 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
2962 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
2963 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
2964 anything for this watchpoint. */
2965 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2966 bs->stop = 0;
2967 }
2968 }
2969 }
2970
2971
2972 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
2973 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
2974 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
2975 static void
2976 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
2977 {
2978 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2979 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2980 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2981
2982 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
2983 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
2984 bs->stop = 0;
2985 else if (bs->stop)
2986 {
2987 int value_is_zero = 0;
2988
2989 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
2990 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
2991 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
2992 iteration. */
2993 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
2994 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2995
2996 if (bl->cond && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2997 {
2998 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies
2999 so that the conditions will have the right context. */
3000 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3001 value_is_zero
3002 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, (bl->cond),
3003 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
3004 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3005 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
3006 free_all_values ();
3007 }
3008 if (bl->cond && value_is_zero)
3009 {
3010 bs->stop = 0;
3011 }
3012 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
3013 {
3014 bs->stop = 0;
3015 }
3016 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
3017 {
3018 b->ignore_count--;
3019 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
3020 bs->stop = 0;
3021 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
3022 stop. */
3023 ++(b->hit_count);
3024 }
3025 }
3026 }
3027
3028
3029 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
3030 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
3031
3032 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
3033 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
3034
3035 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
3036
3037 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
3038
3039 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3040 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3041 several reasons concurrently.)
3042
3043 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3044 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3045
3046 bpstat
3047 bpstat_stop_status (CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
3048 {
3049 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
3050 const struct bp_location *bl;
3051 struct bp_location *loc;
3052 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3053 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3054 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3055 bpstat bs = root_bs;
3056 int ix;
3057
3058 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl)
3059 {
3060 b = bl->owner;
3061 gdb_assert (b);
3062 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3063 continue;
3064
3065 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3066 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3067 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3068 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3069 alrea
3070 */
3071 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
3072 continue;
3073
3074 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, bp_addr))
3075 continue;
3076
3077 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3078
3079 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, bs); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3080
3081 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3082 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3083 'stop' to 0. */
3084 bs->stop = 1;
3085 bs->print = 1;
3086
3087 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
3088 if (!bs->stop)
3089 continue;
3090
3091 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
3092 /* We do not stop for these. */
3093 bs->stop = 0;
3094 else
3095 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
3096
3097 if (bs->stop)
3098 {
3099 ++(b->hit_count);
3100
3101 /* We will stop here */
3102 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
3103 {
3104 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3105 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3106 update_global_location_list (0);
3107 }
3108 if (b->silent)
3109 bs->print = 0;
3110 bs->commands = b->commands;
3111 if (bs->commands &&
3112 (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands->line) == 0
3113 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", bs->commands->line) == 0)))
3114 {
3115 bs->commands = bs->commands->next;
3116 bs->print = 0;
3117 }
3118 bs->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
3119 }
3120
3121 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
3122 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
3123 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3124 }
3125
3126 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3127 {
3128 if (loc->address == bp_addr)
3129 {
3130 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, bs);
3131 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3132 bs->stop = 0;
3133 bs->print = 0;
3134 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3135 }
3136 }
3137
3138 bs->next = NULL; /* Terminate the chain */
3139 bs = root_bs->next; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3140
3141 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3142 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3143 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3144 done later. */
3145 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3146 if (bs->stop)
3147 break;
3148
3149 if (bs == NULL)
3150 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3151 if (!bs->stop
3152 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
3153 && (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3154 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3155 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
3156 {
3157 /* remove/insert can invalidate bs->breakpoint_at, if this
3158 location is no longer used by the watchpoint. Prevent
3159 further code from trying to use it. */
3160 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
3161 remove_breakpoints ();
3162 insert_breakpoints ();
3163 break;
3164 }
3165
3166 return root_bs->next;
3167 }
3168 \f
3169 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3170 struct bpstat_what
3171 bpstat_what (bpstat bs)
3172 {
3173 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3174 enum class
3175 {
3176 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3177 no_effect = 0,
3178
3179 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3180 wp_silent,
3181
3182 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3183 wp_noisy,
3184
3185 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3186 bp_nostop,
3187
3188 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3189 bp_silent,
3190
3191 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3192 bp_noisy,
3193
3194 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3195 long_jump,
3196
3197 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3198 long_resume,
3199
3200 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3201 step_resume,
3202
3203 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3204 shlib_event,
3205
3206 /* We caught a shared library event. */
3207 catch_shlib_event,
3208
3209 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3210 class_last
3211 };
3212
3213 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3214 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3215 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3216 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3217 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3218 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3219 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3220 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3221 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3222 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3223 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3224 #define shlr BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS_RESUME_FROM_HOOK
3225
3226 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3227 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3228 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3229 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3230
3231 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3232 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3233 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3234 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3235 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3236 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3237 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3238
3239 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3240 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3241 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3242 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3243 ordering is:
3244
3245 kc < clr sgl shl shlr slr sn sr ss
3246 sgl < shl shlr slr sn sr ss
3247 slr < err shl shlr sn sr ss
3248 clr < err shl shlr sn sr ss
3249 ss < shl shlr sn sr
3250 sn < shl shlr sr
3251 shl < shlr sr
3252 shlr < sr
3253 sr <
3254
3255 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3256 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3257 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3258 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3259 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3260
3261 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3262 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3263 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3264
3265 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3266 table[(int) class_last][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST] =
3267 {
3268 /* old action */
3269 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl shlr
3270 */
3271 /*no_effect */
3272 {kc, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clr, sr, shl, shlr},
3273 /*wp_silent */
3274 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl, shlr},
3275 /*wp_noisy */
3276 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl, shlr},
3277 /*bp_nostop */
3278 {sgl, ss, sn, sgl, slr, slr, sr, shl, shlr},
3279 /*bp_silent */
3280 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl, shlr},
3281 /*bp_noisy */
3282 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl, shlr},
3283 /*long_jump */
3284 {slr, ss, sn, slr, slr, err, sr, shl, shlr},
3285 /*long_resume */
3286 {clr, ss, sn, err, err, err, sr, shl, shlr},
3287 /*step_resume */
3288 {sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr},
3289 /*shlib */
3290 {shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, sr, shl, shlr},
3291 /*catch_shlib */
3292 {shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, sr, shlr, shlr}
3293 };
3294
3295 #undef kc
3296 #undef ss
3297 #undef sn
3298 #undef sgl
3299 #undef slr
3300 #undef clr
3301 #undef err
3302 #undef sr
3303 #undef ts
3304 #undef shl
3305 #undef shlr
3306 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
3307 struct bpstat_what retval;
3308
3309 retval.call_dummy = 0;
3310 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3311 {
3312 enum class bs_class = no_effect;
3313 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
3314 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3315 which has since been deleted. */
3316 continue;
3317 if (bs->breakpoint_at->owner == NULL)
3318 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3319 else
3320 switch (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type)
3321 {
3322 case bp_none:
3323 continue;
3324
3325 case bp_breakpoint:
3326 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3327 case bp_until:
3328 case bp_finish:
3329 if (bs->stop)
3330 {
3331 if (bs->print)
3332 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3333 else
3334 bs_class = bp_silent;
3335 }
3336 else
3337 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3338 break;
3339 case bp_watchpoint:
3340 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3341 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3342 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3343 if (bs->stop)
3344 {
3345 if (bs->print)
3346 bs_class = wp_noisy;
3347 else
3348 bs_class = wp_silent;
3349 }
3350 else
3351 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3352 This requires no further action. */
3353 bs_class = no_effect;
3354 break;
3355 case bp_longjmp:
3356 bs_class = long_jump;
3357 break;
3358 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3359 bs_class = long_resume;
3360 break;
3361 case bp_step_resume:
3362 if (bs->stop)
3363 {
3364 bs_class = step_resume;
3365 }
3366 else
3367 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3368 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3369 break;
3370 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3371 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3372 break;
3373 case bp_shlib_event:
3374 bs_class = shlib_event;
3375 break;
3376 case bp_thread_event:
3377 case bp_overlay_event:
3378 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3379 break;
3380 case bp_catch_load:
3381 case bp_catch_unload:
3382 /* Only if this catchpoint triggered should we cause the
3383 step-out-of-dld behaviour. Otherwise, we ignore this
3384 catchpoint. */
3385 if (bs->stop)
3386 bs_class = catch_shlib_event;
3387 else
3388 bs_class = no_effect;
3389 break;
3390 case bp_catch_fork:
3391 case bp_catch_vfork:
3392 case bp_catch_exec:
3393 if (bs->stop)
3394 {
3395 if (bs->print)
3396 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3397 else
3398 bs_class = bp_silent;
3399 }
3400 else
3401 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3402 This requires no further action. */
3403 bs_class = no_effect;
3404 break;
3405 case bp_call_dummy:
3406 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3407 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3408 bs_class = bp_silent;
3409 retval.call_dummy = 1;
3410 break;
3411 }
3412 current_action = table[(int) bs_class][(int) current_action];
3413 }
3414 retval.main_action = current_action;
3415 return retval;
3416 }
3417
3418 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3419 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3420 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3421
3422 int
3423 bpstat_should_step (void)
3424 {
3425 struct breakpoint *b;
3426 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3427 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3428 return 1;
3429 return 0;
3430 }
3431
3432 \f
3433
3434 /* Given a bpstat that records zero or more triggered eventpoints, this
3435 function returns another bpstat which contains only the catchpoints
3436 on that first list, if any. */
3437 void
3438 bpstat_get_triggered_catchpoints (bpstat ep_list, bpstat *cp_list)
3439 {
3440 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3441 bpstat bs = root_bs;
3442 struct breakpoint *ep;
3443 char *dll_pathname;
3444
3445 bpstat_clear (cp_list);
3446 root_bs->next = NULL;
3447
3448 for (; ep_list != NULL; ep_list = ep_list->next)
3449 {
3450 /* Is this eventpoint a catchpoint? If not, ignore it. */
3451 ep = ep_list->breakpoint_at->owner;
3452 if (ep == NULL)
3453 break;
3454 if ((ep->type != bp_catch_load) &&
3455 (ep->type != bp_catch_unload))
3456 /* pai: (temp) ADD fork/vfork here!! */
3457 continue;
3458
3459 /* Yes; add it to the list. */
3460 bs = bpstat_alloc (ep_list->breakpoint_at, bs);
3461 *bs = *ep_list;
3462 bs->next = NULL;
3463 bs = root_bs->next;
3464
3465 #if defined(SOLIB_ADD)
3466 /* Also, for each triggered catchpoint, tag it with the name of
3467 the library that caused this trigger. (We copy the name now,
3468 because it's only guaranteed to be available NOW, when the
3469 catchpoint triggers. Clients who may wish to know the name
3470 later must get it from the catchpoint itself.) */
3471 if (ep->triggered_dll_pathname != NULL)
3472 xfree (ep->triggered_dll_pathname);
3473 if (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
3474 dll_pathname = SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
3475 PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
3476 else
3477 dll_pathname = SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
3478 PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
3479 #else
3480 dll_pathname = NULL;
3481 #endif
3482 if (dll_pathname)
3483 {
3484 ep->triggered_dll_pathname = (char *)
3485 xmalloc (strlen (dll_pathname) + 1);
3486 strcpy (ep->triggered_dll_pathname, dll_pathname);
3487 }
3488 else
3489 ep->triggered_dll_pathname = NULL;
3490 }
3491
3492 *cp_list = bs;
3493 }
3494
3495 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3496 struct bp_location *loc,
3497 char *wrap_indent,
3498 struct ui_stream *stb)
3499 {
3500 if (b->source_file)
3501 {
3502 struct symbol *sym
3503 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
3504 if (sym)
3505 {
3506 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
3507 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
3508 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
3509 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent);
3510 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
3511 }
3512 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
3513 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
3514
3515 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3516 {
3517 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
3518 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
3519
3520 if (fullname)
3521 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
3522 }
3523
3524 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
3525 }
3526 else if (!b->loc)
3527 {
3528 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
3529 }
3530 else
3531 {
3532 print_address_symbolic (loc->address, stb->stream, demangle, "");
3533 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
3534 }
3535 }
3536
3537 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3538 static void
3539 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3540 struct bp_location *loc,
3541 int loc_number,
3542 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3543 {
3544 struct command_line *l;
3545 struct symbol *sym;
3546 struct ep_type_description
3547 {
3548 enum bptype type;
3549 char *description;
3550 };
3551 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
3552 {
3553 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
3554 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
3555 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
3556 {bp_until, "until"},
3557 {bp_finish, "finish"},
3558 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
3559 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
3560 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
3561 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
3562 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
3563 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
3564 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
3565 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
3566 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
3567 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
3568 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
3569 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
3570 {bp_catch_load, "catch load"},
3571 {bp_catch_unload, "catch unload"},
3572 {bp_catch_fork, "catch fork"},
3573 {bp_catch_vfork, "catch vfork"},
3574 {bp_catch_exec, "catch exec"}
3575 };
3576
3577 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
3578 char wrap_indent[80];
3579 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3580 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3581 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
3582
3583 int header_of_multiple = 0;
3584 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
3585
3586 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
3587 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
3588 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
3589 location. */
3590 if (loc == NULL
3591 && (b->loc != NULL
3592 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
3593 header_of_multiple = 1;
3594 if (loc == NULL)
3595 loc = b->loc;
3596
3597 annotate_record ();
3598 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
3599
3600 /* 1 */
3601 annotate_field (0);
3602 if (part_of_multiple)
3603 {
3604 char *formatted;
3605 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
3606 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
3607 xfree (formatted);
3608 }
3609 else
3610 {
3611 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
3612 }
3613
3614 /* 2 */
3615 annotate_field (1);
3616 if (part_of_multiple)
3617 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
3618 else
3619 {
3620 if (((int) b->type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
3621 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
3622 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3623 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
3624 (int) b->type);
3625 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int) b->type].description);
3626 }
3627
3628 /* 3 */
3629 annotate_field (2);
3630 if (part_of_multiple)
3631 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
3632 else
3633 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
3634
3635
3636 /* 4 */
3637 annotate_field (3);
3638 if (part_of_multiple)
3639 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
3640 else
3641 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
3642 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
3643 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
3644
3645
3646 /* 5 and 6 */
3647 strcpy (wrap_indent, " ");
3648 if (addressprint)
3649 {
3650 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3651 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3652 else
3653 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3654 }
3655
3656 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
3657 {
3658 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
3659 all locations, calling it here is not likely
3660 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
3661 just one location. */
3662 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
3663 b->ops->print_one (b, last_addr);
3664 }
3665 else
3666 switch (b->type)
3667 {
3668 case bp_none:
3669 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3670 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
3671 break;
3672
3673 case bp_watchpoint:
3674 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3675 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3676 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3677 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3678 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3679 is relatively readable). */
3680 if (addressprint)
3681 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3682 annotate_field (5);
3683 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
3684 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", stb);
3685 break;
3686
3687 case bp_catch_load:
3688 case bp_catch_unload:
3689 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3690 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3691 is relatively readable). */
3692 if (addressprint)
3693 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3694 annotate_field (5);
3695 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
3696 {
3697 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
3698 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3699 }
3700 else
3701 {
3702 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
3703 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
3704 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
3705 }
3706 break;
3707
3708 case bp_catch_fork:
3709 case bp_catch_vfork:
3710 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3711 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3712 is relatively readable). */
3713 if (addressprint)
3714 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3715 annotate_field (5);
3716 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
3717 {
3718 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
3719 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
3720 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
3721 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3722 }
3723 break;
3724
3725 case bp_catch_exec:
3726 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3727 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3728 is relatively readable). */
3729 if (addressprint)
3730 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3731 annotate_field (5);
3732 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
3733 {
3734 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
3735 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
3736 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
3737 }
3738 break;
3739
3740 case bp_breakpoint:
3741 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3742 case bp_until:
3743 case bp_finish:
3744 case bp_longjmp:
3745 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3746 case bp_step_resume:
3747 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3748 case bp_call_dummy:
3749 case bp_shlib_event:
3750 case bp_thread_event:
3751 case bp_overlay_event:
3752 if (addressprint)
3753 {
3754 annotate_field (4);
3755 if (header_of_multiple)
3756 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
3757 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
3758 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
3759 else
3760 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", loc->address);
3761 }
3762 annotate_field (5);
3763 if (!header_of_multiple)
3764 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc, wrap_indent, stb);
3765 if (b->loc)
3766 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
3767 break;
3768 }
3769
3770 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3771 {
3772 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
3773 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
3774 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
3775 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3776 }
3777
3778 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3779
3780 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
3781 {
3782 annotate_field (6);
3783 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
3784 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
3785 the frame ID. */
3786 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame", b->frame_id.stack_addr);
3787 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3788 }
3789
3790 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
3791 {
3792 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
3793 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
3794 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
3795 annotate_field (7);
3796 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
3797 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
3798 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3799 }
3800
3801 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3802 {
3803 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3804 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
3805 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3806 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3807 }
3808
3809 if (!part_of_multiple && show_breakpoint_hit_counts && b->hit_count)
3810 {
3811 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3812 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
3813 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
3814 else
3815 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
3816 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
3817 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3818 if (b->hit_count == 1)
3819 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
3820 else
3821 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
3822 }
3823
3824 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
3825 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
3826 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3827 if (!part_of_multiple && show_breakpoint_hit_counts && b->hit_count == 0)
3828 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3829
3830 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
3831 {
3832 annotate_field (8);
3833 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
3834 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
3835 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
3836 }
3837
3838 if (!part_of_multiple && (l = b->commands))
3839 {
3840 struct cleanup *script_chain;
3841
3842 annotate_field (9);
3843 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
3844 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
3845 do_cleanups (script_chain);
3846 }
3847
3848 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
3849 {
3850 if (b->addr_string)
3851 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
3852 else if (b->exp_string)
3853 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string);
3854 }
3855
3856 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
3857 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3858 }
3859
3860 static void
3861 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
3862 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3863 {
3864 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_addr);
3865
3866 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
3867 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
3868 locations, if any. */
3869 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
3870 {
3871 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
3872 disabled, we print it as if it had
3873 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
3874 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
3875 situation.
3876 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
3877 several locations internally, that's no a property
3878 exposed to user. */
3879 if (b->loc
3880 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3881 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled)
3882 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3883 {
3884 struct bp_location *loc;
3885 int n = 1;
3886 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
3887 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_addr);
3888 }
3889 }
3890 }
3891
3892
3893 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
3894 {
3895 int bnum;
3896 };
3897
3898 static int
3899 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
3900 {
3901 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
3902 struct breakpoint *b;
3903 CORE_ADDR dummy_addr = 0;
3904 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3905 {
3906 if (args->bnum == b->number)
3907 {
3908 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_addr);
3909 return GDB_RC_OK;
3910 }
3911 }
3912 return GDB_RC_NONE;
3913 }
3914
3915 enum gdb_rc
3916 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, char **error_message)
3917 {
3918 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
3919 args.bnum = bnum;
3920 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
3921 an error. */
3922 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
3923 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
3924 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
3925 else
3926 return GDB_RC_OK;
3927 }
3928
3929 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
3930 catchpoints, et.al.). */
3931
3932 static int
3933 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
3934 {
3935 return (b->type == bp_breakpoint
3936 || b->type == bp_catch_load
3937 || b->type == bp_catch_unload
3938 || b->type == bp_catch_fork
3939 || b->type == bp_catch_vfork
3940 || b->type == bp_catch_exec
3941 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
3942 || b->type == bp_watchpoint
3943 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3944 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
3945 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint);
3946 }
3947
3948 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
3949 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
3950 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
3951
3952 static void
3953 breakpoint_1 (int bnum, int allflag)
3954 {
3955 struct breakpoint *b;
3956 CORE_ADDR last_addr = (CORE_ADDR) -1;
3957 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
3958 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
3959
3960 /* Compute the number of rows in the table. */
3961 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
3962 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3963 if (bnum == -1
3964 || bnum == b->number)
3965 {
3966 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3967 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
3968 }
3969
3970 if (addressprint)
3971 bkpttbl_chain
3972 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3973 "BreakpointTable");
3974 else
3975 bkpttbl_chain
3976 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3977 "BreakpointTable");
3978
3979 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3980 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
3981 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3982 annotate_field (0);
3983 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
3984 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3985 annotate_field (1);
3986 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
3987 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3988 annotate_field (2);
3989 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
3990 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3991 annotate_field (3);
3992 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
3993 if (addressprint)
3994 {
3995 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3996 annotate_field (4);
3997 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3998 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3999 else
4000 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4001 }
4002 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
4003 annotate_field (5);
4004 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
4005 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
4006 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
4007 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
4008
4009 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4010 if (bnum == -1
4011 || bnum == b->number)
4012 {
4013 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
4014 allflag is set. */
4015 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
4016 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_addr);
4017 }
4018
4019 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
4020
4021 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
4022 {
4023 if (bnum == -1)
4024 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
4025 else
4026 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
4027 bnum);
4028 }
4029 else
4030 {
4031 /* Compare against (CORE_ADDR)-1 in case some compiler decides
4032 that a comparison of an unsigned with -1 is always false. */
4033 if (last_addr != (CORE_ADDR) -1 && !server_command)
4034 set_next_address (last_addr);
4035 }
4036
4037 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
4038 there have been breakpoints? */
4039 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
4040 }
4041
4042 static void
4043 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
4044 {
4045 int bnum = -1;
4046
4047 if (bnum_exp)
4048 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
4049
4050 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 0);
4051 }
4052
4053 static void
4054 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
4055 {
4056 int bnum = -1;
4057
4058 if (bnum_exp)
4059 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
4060
4061 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 1);
4062 }
4063
4064 static int
4065 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
4066 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
4067 {
4068 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
4069 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4070 {
4071 if (bl->address == pc
4072 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
4073 return 1;
4074 }
4075 return 0;
4076 }
4077
4078 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. */
4079
4080 static void
4081 describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section,
4082 int thread)
4083 {
4084 int others = 0;
4085 struct breakpoint *b;
4086
4087 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4088 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section);
4089 if (others > 0)
4090 {
4091 if (others == 1)
4092 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4093 else /* if (others == ???) */
4094 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4095 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4096 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section))
4097 {
4098 others--;
4099 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
4100 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
4101 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4102 else if (b->thread != -1)
4103 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
4104 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4105 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled ||
4106 b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
4107 ? " (disabled)"
4108 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
4109 ? " (permanent)"
4110 : ""),
4111 (others > 1) ? ","
4112 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
4113 }
4114 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4115 fputs_filtered (paddress (pc), gdb_stdout);
4116 printf_filtered (".\n");
4117 }
4118 }
4119 \f
4120 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4121 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4122
4123 void
4124 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
4125 int line)
4126 {
4127 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
4128 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
4129 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
4130 default_breakpoint_line = line;
4131 }
4132
4133 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4134 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4135 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4136 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4137
4138 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4139 have a zero valued address and we don't want check_duplicates() to mark
4140 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
4141 breakpoint at address zero:
4142
4143 bp_watchpoint
4144 bp_hardware_watchpoint
4145 bp_read_watchpoint
4146 bp_access_watchpoint
4147 bp_catch_exec
4148 bp_catch_fork
4149 bp_catch_vork */
4150
4151 static int
4152 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4153 {
4154 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
4155
4156 return (type != bp_watchpoint
4157 && type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4158 && type != bp_read_watchpoint
4159 && type != bp_access_watchpoint
4160 && type != bp_catch_exec
4161 && type != bp_catch_fork
4162 && type != bp_catch_vfork);
4163 }
4164
4165 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section as BPT,
4166 marking the first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".
4167 This is so that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.
4168 If we have a permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make
4169 that one the official one, and the rest as duplicates. */
4170
4171 static void
4172 check_duplicates_for (CORE_ADDR address, struct obj_section *section)
4173 {
4174 struct bp_location *b;
4175 int count = 0;
4176 struct bp_location *perm_bp = 0;
4177
4178 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4179 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4180 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4181 && b->enabled
4182 && !b->shlib_disabled
4183 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4184 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4185 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4186 {
4187 /* Have we found a permanent breakpoint? */
4188 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4189 {
4190 perm_bp = b;
4191 break;
4192 }
4193
4194 count++;
4195 b->duplicate = count > 1;
4196 }
4197
4198 /* If we found a permanent breakpoint at this address, go over the
4199 list again and declare all the other breakpoints there to be the
4200 duplicates. */
4201 if (perm_bp)
4202 {
4203 perm_bp->duplicate = 0;
4204
4205 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
4206 if (! perm_bp->inserted)
4207 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4208 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
4209 "actually inserted"));
4210
4211 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4212 if (b != perm_bp)
4213 {
4214 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4215 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4216 && b->enabled && !b->shlib_disabled
4217 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4218 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4219 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4220 {
4221 if (b->inserted)
4222 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4223 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
4224 "a permanent breakpoint"));
4225
4226 b->duplicate = 1;
4227 }
4228 }
4229 }
4230 }
4231
4232 static void
4233 check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4234 {
4235 struct bp_location *bl = bpt->loc;
4236
4237 if (! breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (bpt))
4238 return;
4239
4240 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4241 check_duplicates_for (bl->address, bl->section);
4242 }
4243
4244 static void
4245 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
4246 int bnum, int have_bnum)
4247 {
4248 char astr1[40];
4249 char astr2[40];
4250
4251 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
4252 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
4253 if (have_bnum)
4254 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4255 bnum, astr1, astr2);
4256 else
4257 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
4258 }
4259
4260 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4261 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4262 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4263 this function is simply the identity function. */
4264
4265 static CORE_ADDR
4266 adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
4267 {
4268 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (current_gdbarch))
4269 {
4270 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4271 return bpaddr;
4272 }
4273 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
4274 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4275 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
4276 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
4277 || bptype == bp_catch_fork
4278 || bptype == bp_catch_vfork
4279 || bptype == bp_catch_exec)
4280 {
4281 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4282 have their addresses modified. */
4283 return bpaddr;
4284 }
4285 else
4286 {
4287 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
4288
4289 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4290 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4291 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (current_gdbarch,
4292 bpaddr);
4293
4294 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4295 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4296 is required. */
4297 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
4298 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
4299
4300 return adjusted_bpaddr;
4301 }
4302 }
4303
4304 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4305
4306 static struct bp_location *
4307 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bptype bp_type)
4308 {
4309 struct bp_location *loc, *loc_p;
4310
4311 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
4312 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
4313
4314 loc->owner = bpt;
4315 loc->cond = NULL;
4316 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
4317 loc->enabled = 1;
4318
4319 switch (bp_type)
4320 {
4321 case bp_breakpoint:
4322 case bp_until:
4323 case bp_finish:
4324 case bp_longjmp:
4325 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4326 case bp_step_resume:
4327 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4328 case bp_call_dummy:
4329 case bp_shlib_event:
4330 case bp_thread_event:
4331 case bp_overlay_event:
4332 case bp_catch_load:
4333 case bp_catch_unload:
4334 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
4335 break;
4336 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4337 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
4338 break;
4339 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4340 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4341 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4342 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
4343 break;
4344 case bp_watchpoint:
4345 case bp_catch_fork:
4346 case bp_catch_vfork:
4347 case bp_catch_exec:
4348 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
4349 break;
4350 default:
4351 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4352 }
4353
4354 return loc;
4355 }
4356
4357 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
4358 {
4359 if (loc->cond)
4360 xfree (loc->cond);
4361
4362 if (loc->function_name)
4363 xfree (loc->function_name);
4364
4365 xfree (loc);
4366 }
4367
4368 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4369 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4370
4371 static struct breakpoint *
4372 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (enum bptype bptype)
4373 {
4374 struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
4375
4376 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
4377 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
4378
4379 b->type = bptype;
4380 b->language = current_language->la_language;
4381 b->input_radix = input_radix;
4382 b->thread = -1;
4383 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4384 b->next = 0;
4385 b->silent = 0;
4386 b->ignore_count = 0;
4387 b->commands = NULL;
4388 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
4389 b->dll_pathname = NULL;
4390 b->triggered_dll_pathname = NULL;
4391 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
4392 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
4393 b->ops = NULL;
4394 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
4395
4396 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4397 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4398 of increasing numbers. */
4399
4400 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
4401 if (b1 == 0)
4402 breakpoint_chain = b;
4403 else
4404 {
4405 while (b1->next)
4406 b1 = b1->next;
4407 b1->next = b;
4408 }
4409 return b;
4410 }
4411
4412 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4413 static void
4414 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc)
4415 {
4416 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
4417 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4418 {
4419 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &(loc->function_name),
4420 NULL, NULL);
4421 if (loc->function_name)
4422 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
4423 }
4424 }
4425
4426 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4427 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4428 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4429 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4430 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4431 is also returned as the value of this function.
4432
4433 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4434 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4435 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4436 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4437 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4438 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4439 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4440
4441 struct breakpoint *
4442 set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
4443 {
4444 struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (bptype);
4445 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
4446
4447 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4448 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4449 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4450 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4451 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4452 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4453 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (sal.pc, bptype);
4454
4455 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bptype);
4456 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
4457 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
4458
4459 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
4460 b->source_file = NULL;
4461 else
4462 b->source_file = savestring (sal.symtab->filename,
4463 strlen (sal.symtab->filename));
4464 b->loc->section = sal.section;
4465 b->line_number = sal.line;
4466
4467 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc);
4468
4469 breakpoints_changed ();
4470
4471 return b;
4472 }
4473
4474
4475 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4476 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4477 void
4478 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
4479 {
4480 struct bp_location *bl;
4481 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
4482
4483 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4484 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4485 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4486 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4487 but it's easy to implmement. */
4488 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
4489 bl->inserted = 1;
4490 }
4491
4492 static struct breakpoint *
4493 create_internal_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
4494 {
4495 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
4496 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4497 struct breakpoint *b;
4498
4499 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
4500
4501 sal.pc = address;
4502 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
4503
4504 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4505 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
4506 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4507
4508 return b;
4509 }
4510
4511
4512 static void
4513 create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4514 {
4515 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4516
4517 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4518 return;
4519 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), bp_longjmp);
4520 update_global_location_list (1);
4521 }
4522
4523 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4524 if we do a longjmp(). When we hit that breakpoint, call
4525 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4526
4527 void
4528 set_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4529 {
4530 if (gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (current_gdbarch))
4531 {
4532 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("longjmp");
4533 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
4534 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
4535 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
4536 }
4537 }
4538
4539 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
4540 void
4541 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
4542 {
4543 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4544
4545 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4546 if (b->type == bp_longjmp)
4547 {
4548 if (b->thread == thread)
4549 delete_breakpoint (b);
4550 }
4551 }
4552
4553 static void
4554 create_overlay_event_breakpoint_1 (char *func_name, struct objfile *objfile)
4555 {
4556 struct breakpoint *b;
4557 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4558
4559 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile)) == NULL)
4560 return;
4561
4562 b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
4563 bp_overlay_event);
4564 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
4565
4566 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
4567 {
4568 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4569 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4570 }
4571 else
4572 {
4573 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4574 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4575 }
4576 update_global_location_list (1);
4577 }
4578
4579 static void
4580 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4581 {
4582 struct objfile *objfile;
4583 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
4584 create_overlay_event_breakpoint_1 (func_name, objfile);
4585 }
4586
4587 void
4588 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4589 {
4590 struct breakpoint *b;
4591
4592 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4593 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4594 {
4595 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4596 update_global_location_list (1);
4597 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4598 }
4599 }
4600
4601 void
4602 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4603 {
4604 struct breakpoint *b;
4605
4606 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4607 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4608 {
4609 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4610 update_global_location_list (0);
4611 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4612 }
4613 }
4614
4615 struct breakpoint *
4616 create_thread_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4617 {
4618 struct breakpoint *b;
4619
4620 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_thread_event);
4621
4622 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4623 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
4624 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
4625
4626 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4627
4628 return b;
4629 }
4630
4631 void
4632 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
4633 {
4634 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4635
4636 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4637 if (b->type == bp_thread_event)
4638 delete_breakpoint (b);
4639 }
4640
4641 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
4642 {
4643 char **arg_p;
4644 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p;
4645 char ***addr_string_p;
4646 int *not_found_ptr;
4647 };
4648
4649 struct lang_and_radix
4650 {
4651 enum language lang;
4652 int radix;
4653 };
4654
4655
4656 void
4657 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
4658 {
4659 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4660
4661 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4662 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
4663 delete_breakpoint (b);
4664 }
4665
4666 struct breakpoint *
4667 create_solib_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4668 {
4669 struct breakpoint *b;
4670
4671 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_shlib_event);
4672 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4673 return b;
4674 }
4675
4676 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
4677 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4678
4679 void
4680 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
4681 {
4682 struct bp_location *loc;
4683 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4684
4685 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4686 {
4687 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4688 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
4689 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
4690 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
4691 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
4692 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
4693 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint) || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
4694 && !loc->shlib_disabled
4695 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4696 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
4697 #else
4698 && solib_address (loc->address)
4699 #endif
4700 )
4701 {
4702 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4703 }
4704 }
4705 }
4706
4707 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
4708 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4709
4710 static void
4711 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
4712 {
4713 struct bp_location *loc;
4714 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4715
4716 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4717 {
4718 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4719 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4720 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4721 && !loc->shlib_disabled)
4722 {
4723 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4724 char *so_name = PC_SOLIB (loc->address);
4725 #else
4726 char *so_name = solib_address (loc->address);
4727 #endif
4728 if (so_name && !strcmp (so_name, solib->so_name))
4729 {
4730 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4731 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
4732 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
4733 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
4734 loc->inserted = 0;
4735 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
4736 {
4737 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4738 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
4739 so_name);
4740 }
4741 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
4742 }
4743 }
4744 }
4745 }
4746
4747 static void
4748 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4749 enum bptype bp_kind)
4750 {
4751 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4752 struct breakpoint *b;
4753 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4754
4755 init_sal (&sal);
4756 sal.pc = 0;
4757 sal.symtab = NULL;
4758 sal.line = 0;
4759
4760 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_kind);
4761 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4762 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4763 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4764 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4765 b->thread = thread;
4766 b->addr_string = NULL;
4767 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4768 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4769 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
4770 update_global_location_list (1);
4771
4772
4773 mention (b);
4774 }
4775
4776 static void
4777 create_fork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4778 {
4779 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, bp_catch_fork);
4780 }
4781
4782 static void
4783 create_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4784 {
4785 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, bp_catch_vfork);
4786 }
4787
4788 static void
4789 create_exec_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4790 {
4791 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4792 struct breakpoint *b;
4793 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4794
4795 init_sal (&sal);
4796 sal.pc = 0;
4797 sal.symtab = NULL;
4798 sal.line = 0;
4799
4800 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_catch_exec);
4801 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4802 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4803 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4804 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4805 b->thread = thread;
4806 b->addr_string = NULL;
4807 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4808 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4809 update_global_location_list (1);
4810
4811 mention (b);
4812 }
4813
4814 static int
4815 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
4816 {
4817 struct breakpoint *b;
4818 int i = 0;
4819
4820 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4821 {
4822 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4823 i++;
4824 }
4825
4826 return i;
4827 }
4828
4829 static int
4830 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
4831 {
4832 struct breakpoint *b;
4833 int i = 0;
4834
4835 *other_type_used = 0;
4836 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4837 {
4838 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
4839 {
4840 if (b->type == type)
4841 i++;
4842 else if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
4843 b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
4844 b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4845 *other_type_used = 1;
4846 }
4847 }
4848 return i;
4849 }
4850
4851 void
4852 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
4853 {
4854 struct breakpoint *b;
4855
4856 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4857 {
4858 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4859 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4860 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4861 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4862 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4863 {
4864 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
4865 update_global_location_list (0);
4866 }
4867 }
4868 }
4869
4870 void
4871 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
4872 {
4873 struct breakpoint *b;
4874
4875 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4876 {
4877 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4878 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4879 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4880 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4881 && (b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled))
4882 {
4883 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4884 update_global_location_list (1);
4885 }
4886 }
4887 }
4888
4889
4890 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
4891 at address specified by SAL.
4892 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
4893
4894 struct breakpoint *
4895 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, struct frame_id frame_id,
4896 enum bptype type)
4897 {
4898 struct breakpoint *b;
4899 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4900 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4901 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4902 b->frame_id = frame_id;
4903
4904 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
4905 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
4906 single thread of control. */
4907 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
4908 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
4909
4910 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4911
4912 return b;
4913 }
4914
4915 struct breakpoint *
4916 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (CORE_ADDR pc, enum bptype type)
4917 {
4918 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4919
4920 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
4921 sal.pc = pc;
4922 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
4923 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
4924
4925 return set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, type);
4926 }
4927 \f
4928
4929 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
4930
4931 static void
4932 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
4933 {
4934 int say_where = 0;
4935 struct cleanup *old_chain, *ui_out_chain;
4936 struct ui_stream *stb;
4937
4938 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4939 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4940
4941 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
4942 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
4943 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
4944 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
4945 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b->number);
4946
4947 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
4948 b->ops->print_mention (b);
4949 else
4950 switch (b->type)
4951 {
4952 case bp_none:
4953 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b->number);
4954 break;
4955 case bp_watchpoint:
4956 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
4957 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
4958 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4959 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4960 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4961 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4962 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4963 break;
4964 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4965 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
4966 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
4967 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4968 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4969 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4970 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4971 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4972 break;
4973 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4974 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
4975 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
4976 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4977 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4978 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4979 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4980 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4981 break;
4982 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4983 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
4984 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
4985 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4986 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4987 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4988 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4989 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4990 break;
4991 case bp_breakpoint:
4992 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4993 {
4994 say_where = 0;
4995 break;
4996 }
4997 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
4998 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
4999 else
5000 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
5001 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
5002 say_where = 1;
5003 break;
5004 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5005 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5006 {
5007 say_where = 0;
5008 break;
5009 }
5010 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
5011 say_where = 1;
5012 break;
5013 case bp_catch_load:
5014 case bp_catch_unload:
5015 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s %s)"),
5016 b->number,
5017 (b->type == bp_catch_load) ? "load" : "unload",
5018 (b->dll_pathname != NULL) ?
5019 b->dll_pathname : "<any library>");
5020 break;
5021 case bp_catch_fork:
5022 case bp_catch_vfork:
5023 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"),
5024 b->number,
5025 (b->type == bp_catch_fork) ? "fork" : "vfork");
5026 break;
5027 case bp_catch_exec:
5028 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"),
5029 b->number);
5030 break;
5031
5032 case bp_until:
5033 case bp_finish:
5034 case bp_longjmp:
5035 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5036 case bp_step_resume:
5037 case bp_call_dummy:
5038 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5039 case bp_shlib_event:
5040 case bp_thread_event:
5041 case bp_overlay_event:
5042 break;
5043 }
5044
5045 if (say_where)
5046 {
5047 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
5048 single string. */
5049 if (b->loc == NULL)
5050 {
5051 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
5052 }
5053 else
5054 {
5055 if (addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
5056 {
5057 printf_filtered (" at ");
5058 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->address), gdb_stdout);
5059 }
5060 if (b->source_file)
5061 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
5062 b->source_file, b->line_number);
5063
5064 if (b->loc->next)
5065 {
5066 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
5067 int n = 0;
5068 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
5069 ++n;
5070 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
5071 }
5072
5073 }
5074 }
5075 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5076 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5077 return;
5078 printf_filtered ("\n");
5079 }
5080 \f
5081
5082 static struct bp_location *
5083 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum bptype bptype,
5084 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5085 {
5086 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
5087
5088 loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bptype);
5089 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
5090 ;
5091 *tmp = loc;
5092 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
5093 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->requested_address,
5094 bptype);
5095 loc->section = sal->section;
5096
5097 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc);
5098 return loc;
5099 }
5100 \f
5101
5102 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
5103 return 0 otherwise. */
5104
5105 static int
5106 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
5107 {
5108 int len;
5109 CORE_ADDR addr;
5110 const gdb_byte *brk;
5111 gdb_byte *target_mem;
5112
5113 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
5114
5115 addr = loc->address;
5116 brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (current_gdbarch, &addr, &len);
5117
5118 target_mem = alloca (len);
5119
5120 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
5121 && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0)
5122 return 1;
5123
5124 return 0;
5125 }
5126
5127
5128
5129 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
5130 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
5131 as condition expression. */
5132
5133 static void
5134 create_breakpoint (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
5135 char *cond_string,
5136 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5137 int thread, int ignore_count,
5138 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty)
5139 {
5140 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5141 int i;
5142
5143 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5144 {
5145 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
5146 int target_resources_ok =
5147 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
5148 i + 1, 0);
5149 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
5150 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
5151 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
5152 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
5153 }
5154
5155 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5156 {
5157 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
5158 struct bp_location *loc;
5159
5160 if (from_tty)
5161 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
5162
5163 if (i == 0)
5164 {
5165 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
5166 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5167 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5168 b->thread = thread;
5169
5170 b->cond_string = cond_string;
5171 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5172 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5173 b->disposition = disposition;
5174
5175 loc = b->loc;
5176 }
5177 else
5178 {
5179 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, type, &sal);
5180 }
5181
5182 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
5183 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
5184
5185 if (b->cond_string)
5186 {
5187 char *arg = b->cond_string;
5188 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
5189 if (*arg)
5190 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
5191 }
5192 }
5193
5194 if (addr_string)
5195 b->addr_string = addr_string;
5196 else
5197 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
5198 me. */
5199 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
5200
5201 b->ops = ops;
5202 mention (b);
5203 }
5204
5205 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
5206 elements to fill the void space. */
5207 static void remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
5208 {
5209 int i = index_to_remove+1;
5210 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
5211
5212 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
5213 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
5214
5215 --(sal->nelts);
5216 }
5217
5218 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond
5219 to the same file and line as SAL. This is done
5220 only if SAL does not have explicit PC and has
5221 line and file information. If we got just a single
5222 expanded sal, return the original.
5223
5224 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out
5225 all sals for which the name of enclosing function
5226 is different from SAL. This makes sure that if we have
5227 breakpoint originally set in template instantiation, say
5228 foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at the same
5229 line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'.
5230
5231 */
5232 struct symtabs_and_lines
5233 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5234 {
5235 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
5236 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
5237 char *original_function = NULL;
5238 int found;
5239 int i;
5240
5241 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
5242 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
5243 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
5244 {
5245 expanded.nelts = 1;
5246 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5247 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5248 return expanded;
5249 }
5250
5251 sal.pc = 0;
5252 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
5253
5254 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
5255 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
5256 {
5257 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Without futher
5258 processing, just return the original sal. */
5259 xfree (expanded.sals);
5260 expanded.nelts = 1;
5261 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5262 sal.pc = original_pc;
5263 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5264 return expanded;
5265 }
5266
5267 if (!sal.explicit_line)
5268 {
5269 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
5270 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5271 {
5272 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
5273 char *this_function;
5274 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
5275 &func_addr, &func_end))
5276 {
5277 if (this_function &&
5278 strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
5279 {
5280 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
5281 --i;
5282 }
5283 else if (func_addr == pc)
5284 {
5285 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
5286 skip prologue. */
5287 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (pc);
5288 if (sym)
5289 expanded.sals[i] = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5290 else
5291 expanded.sals[i].pc
5292 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (current_gdbarch, pc);
5293 }
5294 }
5295 }
5296 }
5297
5298
5299 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
5300 {
5301 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
5302 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
5303 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
5304 xfree (expanded.sals);
5305 expanded.nelts = 1;
5306 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5307 sal.pc = original_pc;
5308 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5309 return expanded;
5310 }
5311
5312 if (original_pc)
5313 {
5314 found = 0;
5315 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5316 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
5317 {
5318 found = 1;
5319 break;
5320 }
5321 gdb_assert (found);
5322 }
5323
5324 return expanded;
5325 }
5326
5327 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
5328 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
5329 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
5330 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
5331 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
5332 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
5333 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
5334 we take just a single condition string.
5335
5336 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
5337 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
5338 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
5339 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
5340 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
5341
5342 static void
5343 create_breakpoints (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string,
5344 char *cond_string,
5345 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5346 int thread, int ignore_count,
5347 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty)
5348 {
5349 int i;
5350 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5351 {
5352 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
5353 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
5354
5355 create_breakpoint (expanded, addr_string[i],
5356 cond_string, type, disposition,
5357 thread, ignore_count, ops, from_tty);
5358 }
5359
5360 update_global_location_list (1);
5361 }
5362
5363 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
5364 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
5365 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
5366 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
5367
5368 static void
5369 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
5370 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5371 char ***addr_string,
5372 int *not_found_ptr)
5373 {
5374 char *addr_start = *address;
5375 *addr_string = NULL;
5376 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
5377 breakpoint. */
5378 if ((*address) == NULL
5379 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
5380 {
5381 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
5382 {
5383 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5384 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5385 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
5386 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5387 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
5388 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
5389 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
5390 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
5391 sals->sals[0] = sal;
5392 sals->nelts = 1;
5393 }
5394 else
5395 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
5396 }
5397 else
5398 {
5399 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
5400 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
5401 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
5402 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
5403 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
5404 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
5405
5406 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
5407
5408 if (default_breakpoint_valid
5409 && (!cursal.symtab
5410 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
5411 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
5412 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
5413 default_breakpoint_line, addr_string,
5414 not_found_ptr);
5415 else
5416 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
5417 addr_string, not_found_ptr);
5418 }
5419 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
5420 if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL)
5421 *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **));
5422 if (addr_start != (*address))
5423 {
5424 int i;
5425 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5426 {
5427 /* Add the string if not present. */
5428 if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL)
5429 (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start, (*address) - addr_start);
5430 }
5431 }
5432 }
5433
5434
5435 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
5436 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
5437
5438 static void
5439 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5440 char *address)
5441 {
5442 int i;
5443 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5444 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
5445 }
5446
5447 static void
5448 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data)
5449 {
5450 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data;
5451
5452 parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p,
5453 args->not_found_ptr);
5454 }
5455
5456 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
5457 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
5458 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
5459 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
5460 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
5461 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
5462 static void
5463 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
5464 char **cond_string, int *thread)
5465 {
5466 *cond_string = NULL;
5467 *thread = -1;
5468 while (tok && *tok)
5469 {
5470 char *end_tok;
5471 int toklen;
5472 char *cond_start = NULL;
5473 char *cond_end = NULL;
5474 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5475 tok++;
5476
5477 end_tok = tok;
5478
5479 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5480 end_tok++;
5481
5482 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5483
5484 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5485 {
5486 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5487 parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
5488 cond_end = tok;
5489 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
5490 cond_end - cond_start);
5491 }
5492 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5493 {
5494 char *tmptok;
5495
5496 tok = end_tok + 1;
5497 tmptok = tok;
5498 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5499 if (tok == tmptok)
5500 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
5501 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
5502 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
5503 }
5504 else
5505 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
5506 }
5507 }
5508
5509 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between
5510 CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
5511 This function has two major modes of operations,
5512 selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
5513 If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
5514 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
5515 ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
5516 and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
5517 parameters. */
5518
5519 static void
5520 break_command_really (char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
5521 int parse_condition_and_thread,
5522 int tempflag, int hardwareflag,
5523 int ignore_count,
5524 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
5525 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
5526 int from_tty)
5527 {
5528 struct gdb_exception e;
5529 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5530 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
5531 char *copy_arg;
5532 char *err_msg;
5533 char *addr_start = arg;
5534 char **addr_string;
5535 struct cleanup *old_chain;
5536 struct cleanup *breakpoint_chain = NULL;
5537 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args;
5538 int i;
5539 int pending = 0;
5540 int not_found = 0;
5541
5542 sals.sals = NULL;
5543 sals.nelts = 0;
5544 addr_string = NULL;
5545
5546 parse_args.arg_p = &arg;
5547 parse_args.sals_p = &sals;
5548 parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string;
5549 parse_args.not_found_ptr = &not_found;
5550
5551 e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint,
5552 &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5553
5554 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
5555 switch (e.reason)
5556 {
5557 case RETURN_QUIT:
5558 throw_exception (e);
5559 case RETURN_ERROR:
5560 switch (e.error)
5561 {
5562 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
5563
5564 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
5565 error. */
5566
5567 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
5568 throw_exception (e);
5569
5570 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5571
5572 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
5573 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
5574 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO &&
5575 !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
5576 return;
5577
5578 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
5579 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
5580 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
5581 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
5582 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
5583 addr_string = &copy_arg;
5584 sals.nelts = 1;
5585 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
5586 pending_sal.pc = 0;
5587 pending = 1;
5588 break;
5589 default:
5590 throw_exception (e);
5591 }
5592 default:
5593 if (!sals.nelts)
5594 return;
5595 }
5596
5597 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
5598 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5599
5600 if (!pending)
5601 {
5602 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
5603 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
5604
5605 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
5606 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
5607 }
5608
5609 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
5610 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
5611 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
5612 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
5613 breakpoint_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5614
5615 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
5616 the breakpoint_chain and only occure if the breakpoint create
5617 fails. */
5618 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5619 {
5620 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
5621 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
5622 }
5623
5624 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
5625 are ok for the target. */
5626 if (!pending)
5627 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, addr_start);
5628
5629 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
5630 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
5631 breakpoint. */
5632 if (!pending)
5633 {
5634 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
5635 {
5636 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
5637 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
5638 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
5639 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
5640 cond_string = NULL;
5641 thread = -1;
5642 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string, &thread);
5643 if (cond_string)
5644 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5645 }
5646 else
5647 {
5648 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
5649 if (cond_string)
5650 {
5651 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
5652 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5653 }
5654 }
5655 create_breakpoints (sals, addr_string, cond_string,
5656 hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
5657 : bp_breakpoint,
5658 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
5659 thread, ignore_count, ops, from_tty);
5660 }
5661 else
5662 {
5663 struct symtab_and_line sal = {0};
5664 struct breakpoint *b;
5665
5666 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
5667
5668 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (hardwareflag
5669 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
5670 : bp_breakpoint);
5671 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5672 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5673 b->thread = -1;
5674 b->addr_string = addr_string[0];
5675 b->cond_string = NULL;
5676 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5677 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
5678 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
5679 b->ops = ops;
5680
5681 update_global_location_list (1);
5682 mention (b);
5683 }
5684
5685 if (sals.nelts > 1)
5686 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
5687 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
5688 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
5689 breakpoint. */
5690 discard_cleanups (breakpoint_chain);
5691 /* But cleanup everything else. */
5692 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5693 }
5694
5695 /* Set a breakpoint.
5696 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
5697 condition, and thread.
5698 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
5699 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
5700 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
5701
5702 static void
5703 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
5704 {
5705 int hardwareflag = flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG;
5706 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
5707
5708 break_command_really (arg,
5709 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
5710 tempflag, hardwareflag,
5711 0 /* Ignore count */,
5712 pending_break_support,
5713 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */,
5714 from_tty);
5715 }
5716
5717
5718 void
5719 set_breakpoint (char *address, char *condition,
5720 int hardwareflag, int tempflag,
5721 int thread, int ignore_count,
5722 int pending)
5723 {
5724 break_command_really (address, condition, thread,
5725 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
5726 tempflag, hardwareflag,
5727 ignore_count,
5728 pending
5729 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE : AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE,
5730 NULL, 0);
5731 }
5732
5733 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
5734 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
5735 the debugging information.
5736
5737 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
5738
5739 static void
5740 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5741 {
5742 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (sal->pc);
5743 struct symtab_and_line start_sal;
5744
5745 if (sym == NULL)
5746 return;
5747
5748 start_sal = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5749 if (sal->pc < start_sal.pc)
5750 *sal = start_sal;
5751 }
5752
5753 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
5754
5755 void
5756 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5757 {
5758 CORE_ADDR pc;
5759
5760 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5761 {
5762 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
5763 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
5764 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
5765 sal->pc = pc;
5766
5767 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
5768 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
5769 if (sal->explicit_line)
5770 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
5771 }
5772
5773 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5774 {
5775 struct blockvector *bv;
5776 struct block *b;
5777 struct symbol *sym;
5778
5779 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
5780 if (bv != NULL)
5781 {
5782 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
5783 if (sym != NULL)
5784 {
5785 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
5786 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
5787 }
5788 else
5789 {
5790 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
5791 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
5792 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
5793 source). */
5794
5795 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
5796
5797 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
5798 if (msym)
5799 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
5800 }
5801 }
5802 }
5803 }
5804
5805 void
5806 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5807 {
5808 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5809 }
5810
5811 void
5812 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5813 {
5814 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
5815 }
5816
5817 static void
5818 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5819 {
5820 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
5821 }
5822
5823 static void
5824 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5825 {
5826 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
5827 }
5828
5829 static void
5830 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5831 {
5832 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
5833 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
5834 stop at <line>\n"));
5835 }
5836
5837 static void
5838 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5839 {
5840 int badInput = 0;
5841
5842 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
5843 badInput = 1;
5844 else if (*arg != '*')
5845 {
5846 char *argptr = arg;
5847 int hasColon = 0;
5848
5849 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
5850 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
5851 function/method name */
5852 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5853 {
5854 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5855 argptr++;
5856 }
5857
5858 if (hasColon)
5859 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
5860 else
5861 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
5862 }
5863
5864 if (badInput)
5865 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
5866 else
5867 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5868 }
5869
5870 static void
5871 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5872 {
5873 int badInput = 0;
5874
5875 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
5876 badInput = 1;
5877 else
5878 {
5879 char *argptr = arg;
5880 int hasColon = 0;
5881
5882 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
5883 it is probably a line number. */
5884 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5885 {
5886 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5887 argptr++;
5888 }
5889
5890 if (hasColon)
5891 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
5892 else
5893 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
5894 }
5895
5896 if (badInput)
5897 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
5898 else
5899 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5900 }
5901
5902 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
5903 hw_read: watch read,
5904 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
5905 static void
5906 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
5907 {
5908 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
5909 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5910 struct expression *exp;
5911 struct block *exp_valid_block;
5912 struct value *val, *mark;
5913 struct frame_info *frame;
5914 struct frame_info *prev_frame = NULL;
5915 char *exp_start = NULL;
5916 char *exp_end = NULL;
5917 char *tok, *id_tok_start, *end_tok;
5918 int toklen;
5919 char *cond_start = NULL;
5920 char *cond_end = NULL;
5921 struct expression *cond = NULL;
5922 int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0;
5923 enum bptype bp_type;
5924 int mem_cnt = 0;
5925 int thread = -1;
5926
5927 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5928
5929 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
5930 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
5931 {
5932 toklen = strlen (arg); /* Size of argument list. */
5933
5934 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
5935 tok = arg + toklen - 1;
5936
5937 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
5938 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
5939 be the thread identifier. */
5940 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
5941 tok--;
5942 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
5943 tok--;
5944
5945 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
5946 id_tok_start = tok + 1;
5947
5948 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
5949 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
5950 reach a "thread" token. */
5951 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
5952 tok--;
5953
5954 end_tok = tok;
5955
5956 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
5957 tok--;
5958
5959 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
5960 calculate the length of the token. */
5961 tok++;
5962 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5963
5964 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5965 {
5966 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
5967 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
5968 only in a specific thread. */
5969 char *endp;
5970
5971 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
5972 thread = strtol (id_tok_start, &endp, 0);
5973
5974 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
5975 thread ID. */
5976 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
5977 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start);
5978
5979 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
5980 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
5981 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
5982
5983 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
5984 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
5985 evaluate_expression() function. */
5986 *tok = '\0';
5987 }
5988 }
5989
5990 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
5991 innermost_block = NULL;
5992 exp_start = arg;
5993 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
5994 exp_end = arg;
5995 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
5996 mark = value_mark ();
5997 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp, &val, NULL, NULL);
5998 if (val != NULL)
5999 release_value (val);
6000
6001 tok = arg;
6002 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
6003 tok++;
6004 end_tok = tok;
6005
6006 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
6007 end_tok++;
6008
6009 toklen = end_tok - tok;
6010 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
6011 {
6012 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
6013 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
6014 cond_end = tok;
6015 }
6016 if (*tok)
6017 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
6018
6019 if (accessflag == hw_read)
6020 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
6021 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
6022 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
6023 else
6024 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
6025
6026 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val);
6027 if (mem_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6028 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
6029 if (mem_cnt != 0)
6030 {
6031 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used);
6032 target_resources_ok =
6033 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_type, i + mem_cnt,
6034 other_type_used);
6035 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6036 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
6037
6038 if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6039 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
6040 }
6041
6042 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
6043 watchpoint could not be set. */
6044 if (!mem_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0)
6045 bp_type = bp_watchpoint;
6046
6047 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
6048 if (frame)
6049 prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6050 else
6051 prev_frame = NULL;
6052
6053 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
6054 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
6055 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
6056 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
6057 if (innermost_block && prev_frame)
6058 {
6059 scope_breakpoint = create_internal_breakpoint (get_frame_pc (prev_frame),
6060 bp_watchpoint_scope);
6061
6062 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6063
6064 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
6065 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
6066
6067 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
6068 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = get_frame_id (prev_frame);
6069
6070 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
6071 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
6072 = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6073 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
6074 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
6075 scope_breakpoint->type);
6076 }
6077
6078 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
6079 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_type);
6080 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6081 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6082 b->thread = thread;
6083 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
6084 b->exp = exp;
6085 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
6086 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
6087 b->val = val;
6088 b->val_valid = 1;
6089 b->loc->cond = cond;
6090 if (cond_start)
6091 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
6092 else
6093 b->cond_string = 0;
6094
6095 if (frame)
6096 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
6097 else
6098 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
6099
6100 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
6101 {
6102 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
6103 need to act on them together. */
6104 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
6105 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
6106 }
6107
6108 value_free_to_mark (mark);
6109 mention (b);
6110 update_global_location_list (1);
6111 }
6112
6113 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
6114 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
6115 in hardware return zero. */
6116
6117 static int
6118 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
6119 {
6120 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
6121 struct value *head = v;
6122
6123 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
6124 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
6125 return 0;
6126
6127 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
6128 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
6129 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
6130 hardware watchpoint.
6131
6132 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
6133 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
6134 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
6135 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
6136 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
6137 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
6138 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
6139 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
6140 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
6141
6142 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
6143 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
6144 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
6145 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
6146 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
6147 {
6148 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
6149 {
6150 if (value_lazy (v))
6151 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
6152 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
6153 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
6154 ;
6155 else
6156 {
6157 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
6158 it with hardware watchpoints. */
6159 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
6160
6161 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
6162 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
6163 middle of some value chain. */
6164 if (v == head
6165 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6166 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
6167 {
6168 CORE_ADDR vaddr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
6169 int len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
6170
6171 if (!TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (vaddr, len))
6172 return 0;
6173 else
6174 found_memory_cnt++;
6175 }
6176 }
6177 }
6178 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
6179 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
6180 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
6181 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
6182 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
6183 }
6184
6185 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
6186 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
6187 return found_memory_cnt;
6188 }
6189
6190 void
6191 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6192 {
6193 watch_command (arg, from_tty);
6194 }
6195
6196 static void
6197 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6198 {
6199 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
6200 }
6201
6202 void
6203 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6204 {
6205 rwatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6206 }
6207
6208 static void
6209 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6210 {
6211 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
6212 }
6213
6214 void
6215 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6216 {
6217 awatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6218 }
6219
6220 static void
6221 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6222 {
6223 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
6224 }
6225 \f
6226
6227 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
6228 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
6229
6230 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
6231 {
6232 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6233 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
6234 };
6235
6236 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
6237 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
6238 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
6239 command. */
6240 static void
6241 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg)
6242 {
6243 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
6244
6245 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
6246 if (a->breakpoint2)
6247 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
6248 }
6249
6250 void
6251 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
6252 {
6253 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6254 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6255 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
6256 struct frame_info *prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6257 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6258 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
6259 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6260
6261 clear_proceed_status ();
6262
6263 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
6264 this function */
6265
6266 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
6267 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
6268 default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6269 else
6270 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
6271 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6272
6273 if (sals.nelts != 1)
6274 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
6275
6276 sal = sals.sals[0];
6277 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed */
6278
6279 if (*arg)
6280 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6281
6282 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
6283
6284 if (anywhere)
6285 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
6286 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
6287 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, bp_until);
6288 else
6289 /* Otherwise, specify the current frame, because we want to stop only
6290 at the very same frame. */
6291 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (frame),
6292 bp_until);
6293
6294 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6295
6296 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
6297 one. */
6298 if (prev_frame)
6299 {
6300 sal = find_pc_line (get_frame_pc (prev_frame), 0);
6301 sal.pc = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6302 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (prev_frame),
6303 bp_until);
6304 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
6305 }
6306
6307 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
6308
6309 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
6310 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
6311 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
6312 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
6313
6314 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
6315 {
6316 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
6317 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
6318
6319 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
6320 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
6321
6322 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
6323 add_continuation (until_break_command_continuation, args,
6324 xfree);
6325 }
6326 else
6327 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6328 }
6329
6330 static void
6331 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s)
6332 {
6333 if ((s == NULL) || (*s == NULL))
6334 return;
6335 while (isspace (**s))
6336 *s += 1;
6337 }
6338
6339 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
6340 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6341
6342 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
6343 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
6344 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
6345 if clause in the arg string. */
6346
6347 static char *
6348 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
6349 {
6350 char *cond_string;
6351
6352 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
6353 return NULL;
6354
6355 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
6356 (*arg) += 2;
6357
6358 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
6359 condition string. */
6360 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg);
6361 cond_string = *arg;
6362
6363 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
6364 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
6365
6366 return cond_string;
6367 }
6368
6369 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
6370 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6371
6372 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
6373 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
6374 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
6375 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
6376
6377 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
6378 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
6379 static char *
6380 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg)
6381 {
6382 static char filename[1024];
6383 char *arg_p = *arg;
6384 int i;
6385 char c;
6386
6387 if ((*arg_p == '\0') || isspace (*arg_p))
6388 return NULL;
6389
6390 for (i = 0;; i++)
6391 {
6392 c = *arg_p;
6393 if (isspace (c))
6394 c = '\0';
6395 filename[i] = c;
6396 if (c == '\0')
6397 break;
6398 arg_p++;
6399 }
6400 *arg = arg_p;
6401
6402 return filename;
6403 }
6404
6405 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
6406 process start/exit, etc. */
6407
6408 typedef enum
6409 {
6410 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
6411 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
6412 }
6413 catch_fork_kind;
6414
6415 static void
6416 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6417 {
6418 char *cond_string = NULL;
6419 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
6420 int tempflag;
6421
6422 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
6423 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
6424 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
6425
6426 if (!arg)
6427 arg = "";
6428 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6429
6430 /* The allowed syntax is:
6431 catch [v]fork
6432 catch [v]fork if <cond>
6433
6434 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6435 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6436
6437 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6438 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6439
6440 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
6441 and enable reporting of such events. */
6442 switch (fork_kind)
6443 {
6444 case catch_fork_temporary:
6445 case catch_fork_permanent:
6446 create_fork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6447 break;
6448 case catch_vfork_temporary:
6449 case catch_vfork_permanent:
6450 create_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6451 break;
6452 default:
6453 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
6454 break;
6455 }
6456 }
6457
6458 static void
6459 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6460 {
6461 int tempflag;
6462 char *cond_string = NULL;
6463
6464 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6465
6466 if (!arg)
6467 arg = "";
6468 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6469
6470 /* The allowed syntax is:
6471 catch exec
6472 catch exec if <cond>
6473
6474 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6475 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6476
6477 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6478 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6479
6480 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
6481 and enable reporting of such events. */
6482 create_exec_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6483 }
6484
6485 static void
6486 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6487 {
6488 int tempflag;
6489 char *dll_pathname = NULL;
6490 char *cond_string = NULL;
6491
6492 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6493
6494 if (!arg)
6495 arg = "";
6496 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6497
6498 /* The allowed syntax is:
6499 catch load
6500 catch load if <cond>
6501 catch load <filename>
6502 catch load <filename> if <cond>
6503
6504 The user is not allowed to specify the <filename> after an
6505 if clause.
6506
6507 We'll ignore the pathological case of a file named "if".
6508
6509 First, check if there's an if clause. If so, then there
6510 cannot be a filename. */
6511 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6512
6513 /* If there was an if clause, then there cannot be a filename.
6514 Else, there might be a filename and an if clause. */
6515 if (cond_string == NULL)
6516 {
6517 dll_pathname = ep_parse_optional_filename (&arg);
6518 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6519 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6520 }
6521
6522 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6523 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6524
6525 /* Create a load breakpoint that only triggers when a load of
6526 the specified dll (or any dll, if no pathname was specified)
6527 occurs. */
6528 SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), tempflag,
6529 dll_pathname, cond_string);
6530 }
6531
6532 static void
6533 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
6534 struct cmd_list_element *command)
6535 {
6536 int tempflag;
6537 char *dll_pathname = NULL;
6538 char *cond_string = NULL;
6539
6540 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6541
6542 if (!arg)
6543 arg = "";
6544 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6545
6546 /* The allowed syntax is:
6547 catch unload
6548 catch unload if <cond>
6549 catch unload <filename>
6550 catch unload <filename> if <cond>
6551
6552 The user is not allowed to specify the <filename> after an
6553 if clause.
6554
6555 We'll ignore the pathological case of a file named "if".
6556
6557 First, check if there's an if clause. If so, then there
6558 cannot be a filename. */
6559 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6560
6561 /* If there was an if clause, then there cannot be a filename.
6562 Else, there might be a filename and an if clause. */
6563 if (cond_string == NULL)
6564 {
6565 dll_pathname = ep_parse_optional_filename (&arg);
6566 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6567 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6568 }
6569
6570 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6571 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6572
6573 /* Create an unload breakpoint that only triggers when an unload of
6574 the specified dll (or any dll, if no pathname was specified)
6575 occurs. */
6576 SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), tempflag,
6577 dll_pathname, cond_string);
6578 }
6579
6580 static enum print_stop_action
6581 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6582 {
6583 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
6584
6585 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6586
6587 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6588 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
6589 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
6590 b->loc->address,
6591 b->number, 1);
6592 bp_temp = b->loc->owner->disposition == disp_del;
6593 ui_out_text (uiout,
6594 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
6595 : "Catchpoint ");
6596 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6597 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6598 ui_out_text (uiout,
6599 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
6600 : " (exception caught), ");
6601 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6602 {
6603 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6604 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
6605 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6606 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6607 }
6608 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6609 }
6610
6611 static void
6612 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
6613 {
6614 if (addressprint)
6615 {
6616 annotate_field (4);
6617 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
6618 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6619 else
6620 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", b->loc->address);
6621 }
6622 annotate_field (5);
6623 if (b->loc)
6624 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
6625 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6626 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
6627 else
6628 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
6629 }
6630
6631 static void
6632 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6633 {
6634 int bp_temp;
6635 int bp_throw;
6636
6637 bp_temp = b->loc->owner->disposition == disp_del;
6638 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6639 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
6640 : _("Catchpoint "));
6641 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6642 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
6643 : _(" (catch)"));
6644 }
6645
6646 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
6647 print_exception_catchpoint,
6648 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
6649 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
6650 };
6651
6652 static int
6653 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6654 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
6655 {
6656 char *trigger_func_name;
6657
6658 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
6659 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
6660 else
6661 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
6662
6663 break_command_really (trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
6664 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6665 tempflag, 0,
6666 0,
6667 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
6668 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty);
6669
6670 return 1;
6671 }
6672
6673 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
6674
6675 static void
6676 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
6677 int tempflag, int from_tty)
6678 {
6679 char *cond_string = NULL;
6680 struct symtab_and_line *sal = NULL;
6681
6682 if (!arg)
6683 arg = "";
6684 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6685
6686 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6687
6688 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6689 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6690
6691 if ((ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW) &&
6692 (ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH))
6693 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
6694
6695 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
6696 return;
6697
6698 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
6699 }
6700
6701 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
6702
6703 static void
6704 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6705 {
6706 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6707 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
6708 }
6709
6710 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
6711
6712 static void
6713 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6714 {
6715 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6716 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
6717 }
6718
6719 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
6720
6721 static void
6722 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal,
6723 char *addr_string,
6724 char *exp_string,
6725 char *cond_string,
6726 struct expression *cond,
6727 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
6728 int tempflag,
6729 int from_tty)
6730 {
6731 struct breakpoint *b;
6732
6733 if (from_tty)
6734 {
6735 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
6736 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
6737 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
6738 used for different exception names will use the same address.
6739 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
6740 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
6741 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
6742 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
6743 enough for now, though. */
6744 }
6745
6746 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_breakpoint);
6747 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6748
6749 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6750 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6751 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6752 b->ignore_count = 0;
6753 b->loc->cond = cond;
6754 b->addr_string = addr_string;
6755 b->language = language_ada;
6756 b->cond_string = cond_string;
6757 b->exp_string = exp_string;
6758 b->thread = -1;
6759 b->ops = ops;
6760
6761 mention (b);
6762 update_global_location_list (1);
6763 }
6764
6765 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
6766
6767 static void
6768 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
6769 struct cmd_list_element *command)
6770 {
6771 int tempflag;
6772 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6773 enum bptype type;
6774 char *addr_string = NULL;
6775 char *exp_string = NULL;
6776 char *cond_string = NULL;
6777 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6778 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6779
6780 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6781
6782 if (!arg)
6783 arg = "";
6784 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
6785 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
6786 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, exp_string,
6787 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
6788 from_tty);
6789 }
6790
6791 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
6792
6793 static void
6794 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6795 {
6796 int tempflag;
6797 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6798 char *addr_string = NULL;
6799 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6800
6801 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6802
6803 if (!arg)
6804 arg = "";
6805 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
6806 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL, ops,
6807 tempflag, from_tty);
6808 }
6809
6810 static void
6811 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6812 {
6813 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6814 }
6815 \f
6816
6817 static void
6818 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6819 {
6820 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6821 }
6822
6823 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
6824
6825 static void
6826 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6827 {
6828 struct breakpoint *b;
6829 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
6830 int ix;
6831 int default_match;
6832 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6833 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6834 int i;
6835
6836 if (arg)
6837 {
6838 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
6839 default_match = 0;
6840 }
6841 else
6842 {
6843 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
6844 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
6845 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
6846 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
6847 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
6848 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
6849 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
6850 if (sal.symtab == 0)
6851 error (_("No source file specified."));
6852
6853 sals.sals[0] = sal;
6854 sals.nelts = 1;
6855
6856 default_match = 1;
6857 }
6858
6859 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
6860 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
6861 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
6862 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
6863 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
6864
6865 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
6866 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
6867 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
6868 due to optimization, all in one block.
6869 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
6870 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
6871 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
6872 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
6873 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
6874 to support that. */
6875
6876 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
6877 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
6878 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
6879 one breakpoint. */
6880
6881 found = NULL;
6882 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
6883 {
6884 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
6885 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
6886 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
6887 or at default pc.
6888
6889 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
6890
6891 0 1 pc
6892 1 1 pc _and_ line
6893 0 0 line
6894 1 0 <can't happen> */
6895
6896 sal = sals.sals[i];
6897
6898 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
6899 'found'. */
6900 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6901 {
6902 int match = 0;
6903 /* Are we going to delete b? */
6904 if (b->type != bp_none
6905 && b->type != bp_watchpoint
6906 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
6907 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
6908 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
6909 {
6910 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
6911 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
6912 {
6913 int pc_match = sal.pc
6914 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
6915 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
6916 || loc->section == sal.section);
6917 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
6918 && b->source_file != NULL
6919 && sal.symtab != NULL
6920 && strcmp (b->source_file, sal.symtab->filename) == 0
6921 && b->line_number == sal.line);
6922 if (pc_match || line_match)
6923 {
6924 match = 1;
6925 break;
6926 }
6927 }
6928 }
6929
6930 if (match)
6931 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
6932 }
6933 }
6934 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
6935 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
6936 {
6937 if (arg)
6938 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
6939 else
6940 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
6941 }
6942
6943 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
6944 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
6945 if (from_tty)
6946 {
6947 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
6948 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
6949 else
6950 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
6951 }
6952 breakpoints_changed ();
6953
6954 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
6955 {
6956 if (from_tty)
6957 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
6958 delete_breakpoint (b);
6959 }
6960 if (from_tty)
6961 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
6962 }
6963 \f
6964 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
6965 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
6966 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
6967
6968 void
6969 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
6970 {
6971 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
6972
6973 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
6974 if (bs->breakpoint_at
6975 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
6976 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del
6977 && bs->stop)
6978 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner);
6979
6980 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
6981 {
6982 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
6983 delete_breakpoint (b);
6984 }
6985 }
6986
6987 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is true, do not insert any breakpoint locations
6988 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
6989 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
6990 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
6991 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
6992 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
6993 returns true on them.
6994
6995 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
6996 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
6997 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
6998 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
6999 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
7000 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
7001
7002 static void
7003 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
7004 {
7005 struct breakpoint *b;
7006 struct bp_location **next = &bp_location_chain;
7007 struct bp_location *loc;
7008 struct bp_location *loc2;
7009 struct gdb_exception e;
7010 VEC(bp_location_p) *old_locations = NULL;
7011 int ret;
7012 int ix;
7013
7014 /* Store old locations for future reference. */
7015 for (loc = bp_location_chain; loc; loc = loc->global_next)
7016 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, old_locations, loc);
7017
7018 bp_location_chain = NULL;
7019 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7020 {
7021 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
7022 {
7023 *next = loc;
7024 next = &(loc->global_next);
7025 *next = NULL;
7026 }
7027 }
7028
7029 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
7030 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
7031 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
7032 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
7033 we don't need to remove/insert the location. */
7034 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(bp_location_p, old_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7035 {
7036 /* Tells if 'loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
7037 have to free it. */
7038 int found_object = 0;
7039 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
7040 int keep_in_target = 0;
7041 int removed = 0;
7042 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7043 if (loc2 == loc)
7044 {
7045 found_object = 1;
7046 break;
7047 }
7048
7049 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
7050 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
7051 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
7052 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
7053 inserted. */
7054
7055 if (loc->inserted)
7056 {
7057 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
7058
7059 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (loc))
7060 {
7061 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
7062 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
7063 keep_in_target = 1;
7064 }
7065 else
7066 {
7067 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
7068 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
7069 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
7070 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
7071 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7072 {
7073 /* For the sake of should_insert_location. The
7074 call to check_duplicates will fix up this later. */
7075 loc2->duplicate = 0;
7076 if (should_be_inserted (loc2)
7077 && loc2 != loc && loc2->address == loc->address)
7078 {
7079 loc2->inserted = 1;
7080 loc2->target_info = loc->target_info;
7081 keep_in_target = 1;
7082 break;
7083 }
7084 }
7085 }
7086
7087 if (!keep_in_target)
7088 {
7089 if (remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted))
7090 {
7091 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
7092 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
7093 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
7094 succeed next time.
7095
7096 Note that at this point, loc->owner is still valid,
7097 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
7098 after calling us. */
7099 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
7100 loc->owner->number);
7101 }
7102 removed = 1;
7103 }
7104 }
7105
7106 if (!found_object)
7107 {
7108 if (removed)
7109 {
7110 /* This location was removed from the targets. In non-stop mode,
7111 a race condition is possible where we've removed a breakpoint,
7112 but stop events for that breakpoint are already queued and will
7113 arrive later. To suppress spurious SIGTRAPs reported to user,
7114 we keep this breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
7115 after we see 3 * thread_count events.
7116 The theory here is that reporting of events should,
7117 "on the average", be fair, so after that many event we'll see
7118 events from all threads that have anything of interest, and no
7119 longer need to keep this breakpoint. This is just a
7120 heuristic, but if it's wrong, we'll report unexpected SIGTRAP,
7121 which is usability issue, but not a correctness problem. */
7122 loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
7123 loc->owner = NULL;
7124 }
7125
7126 free_bp_location (loc);
7127 }
7128 }
7129
7130 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7131 {
7132 check_duplicates (b);
7133 }
7134
7135 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
7136 && should_insert
7137 && target_has_execution)
7138 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
7139 }
7140
7141 void
7142 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
7143 {
7144 struct bp_location *loc;
7145 int ix;
7146
7147 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7148 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
7149 {
7150 free_bp_location (loc);
7151 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
7152 --ix;
7153 }
7154 }
7155
7156 static void
7157 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
7158 {
7159 struct gdb_exception e;
7160 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7161 update_global_location_list (inserting);
7162 }
7163
7164 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
7165 static void
7166 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
7167 {
7168 bpstat bs;
7169 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
7170 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->owner == bpt)
7171 {
7172 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
7173 bs->old_val = NULL;
7174 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
7175 }
7176 }
7177
7178 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
7179 static int
7180 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
7181 {
7182 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
7183 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th->stop_bpstat, bpt);
7184 return 0;
7185 }
7186
7187 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
7188 structures. */
7189
7190 void
7191 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7192 {
7193 struct breakpoint *b;
7194 struct bp_location *loc, *next;
7195
7196 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
7197
7198 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
7199 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
7200
7201 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
7202 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
7203 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
7204 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
7205 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
7206
7207 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
7208 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
7209 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
7210 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
7211 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
7212 return;
7213
7214 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt->number);
7215
7216 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
7217 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
7218
7219 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7220 if (b->next == bpt)
7221 {
7222 b->next = bpt->next;
7223 break;
7224 }
7225
7226 free_command_lines (&bpt->commands);
7227 if (bpt->cond_string != NULL)
7228 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
7229 if (bpt->addr_string != NULL)
7230 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
7231 if (bpt->exp != NULL)
7232 xfree (bpt->exp);
7233 if (bpt->exp_string != NULL)
7234 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
7235 if (bpt->val != NULL)
7236 value_free (bpt->val);
7237 if (bpt->source_file != NULL)
7238 xfree (bpt->source_file);
7239 if (bpt->dll_pathname != NULL)
7240 xfree (bpt->dll_pathname);
7241 if (bpt->triggered_dll_pathname != NULL)
7242 xfree (bpt->triggered_dll_pathname);
7243 if (bpt->exec_pathname != NULL)
7244 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
7245
7246 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
7247 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
7248 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
7249 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
7250 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
7251 if we remove it here, then the later call to
7252 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
7253 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
7254 with commands won't work. */
7255
7256 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
7257
7258 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
7259 list, update the global location list. This
7260 will remove locations that used to belong to
7261 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
7262 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
7263 looks at location's owner. It might be better
7264 design to have location completely self-contained,
7265 but it's not the case now. */
7266 update_global_location_list (0);
7267
7268
7269 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
7270 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
7271 bpt->type = bp_none;
7272
7273 xfree (bpt);
7274 }
7275
7276 static void
7277 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
7278 {
7279 delete_breakpoint (b);
7280 }
7281
7282 struct cleanup *
7283 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7284 {
7285 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7286 }
7287
7288 void
7289 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7290 {
7291 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7292
7293 dont_repeat ();
7294
7295 if (arg == 0)
7296 {
7297 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
7298
7299 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
7300 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
7301 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
7302 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7303 {
7304 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7305 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7306 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7307 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7308 b->number >= 0)
7309 {
7310 breaks_to_delete = 1;
7311 break;
7312 }
7313 }
7314
7315 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
7316 if (!from_tty
7317 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
7318 {
7319 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7320 {
7321 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7322 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7323 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7324 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7325 b->number >= 0)
7326 delete_breakpoint (b);
7327 }
7328 }
7329 }
7330 else
7331 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
7332 }
7333
7334 static int
7335 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
7336 {
7337 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7338 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
7339 return 0;
7340 return 1;
7341 }
7342
7343 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
7344 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
7345 Null names are ignored. */
7346
7347 static int
7348 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
7349 {
7350 struct bp_location *l;
7351 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
7352 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq,
7353 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
7354
7355 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7356 {
7357 const char **slot;
7358 const char *name = l->function_name;
7359
7360 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
7361 if (name == NULL)
7362 continue;
7363
7364 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
7365 INSERT);
7366 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
7367 NULL. */
7368 if (*slot != NULL)
7369 {
7370 htab_delete (htab);
7371 return 1;
7372 }
7373 *slot = name;
7374 }
7375
7376 htab_delete (htab);
7377 return 0;
7378 }
7379
7380 static void
7381 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
7382 struct symtabs_and_lines sals)
7383 {
7384 int i;
7385 char *s;
7386 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
7387
7388 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
7389 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
7390 the common case where all locations are in the same
7391 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
7392 retain the location, so that when the library
7393 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
7394 status of the individual locations. */
7395 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
7396 return;
7397
7398 b->loc = NULL;
7399
7400 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7401 {
7402 struct bp_location *new_loc =
7403 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, b->type, &(sals.sals[i]));
7404
7405 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
7406 old symtab. */
7407 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
7408 {
7409 struct gdb_exception e;
7410
7411 s = b->cond_string;
7412 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7413 {
7414 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
7415 0);
7416 }
7417 if (e.reason < 0)
7418 {
7419 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
7420 b->number, e.message);
7421 new_loc->enabled = 0;
7422 }
7423 }
7424
7425 if (b->source_file != NULL)
7426 xfree (b->source_file);
7427 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
7428 b->source_file = NULL;
7429 else
7430 b->source_file =
7431 savestring (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename,
7432 strlen (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename));
7433
7434 if (b->line_number == 0)
7435 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
7436 }
7437
7438 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
7439 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7440 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7441
7442 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
7443 {
7444 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
7445 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
7446 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
7447 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
7448 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
7449 often enough until a better solution is found. */
7450 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
7451
7452 for (; e; e = e->next)
7453 {
7454 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
7455 {
7456 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
7457 if (have_ambiguous_names)
7458 {
7459 for (; l; l = l->next)
7460 if (e->address == l->address)
7461 {
7462 l->enabled = 0;
7463 break;
7464 }
7465 }
7466 else
7467 {
7468 for (; l; l = l->next)
7469 if (l->function_name
7470 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
7471 {
7472 l->enabled = 0;
7473 break;
7474 }
7475 }
7476 }
7477 }
7478 }
7479
7480 update_global_location_list (1);
7481 }
7482
7483
7484 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
7485 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
7486 Unused in this case. */
7487
7488 static int
7489 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
7490 {
7491 /* get past catch_errs */
7492 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
7493 struct value *mark;
7494 int i;
7495 int not_found = 0;
7496 int *not_found_ptr = &not_found;
7497 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {};
7498 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7499 char *s;
7500 enum enable_state save_enable;
7501 struct gdb_exception e;
7502
7503
7504 switch (b->type)
7505 {
7506 case bp_none:
7507 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7508 b->number);
7509 return 0;
7510 case bp_breakpoint:
7511 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7512 case bp_catch_load:
7513 case bp_catch_unload:
7514 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
7515 {
7516 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
7517 delete_breakpoint (b);
7518 return 0;
7519 }
7520
7521 set_language (b->language);
7522 input_radix = b->input_radix;
7523 s = b->addr_string;
7524 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7525 {
7526 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL,
7527 not_found_ptr);
7528 }
7529 if (e.reason < 0)
7530 {
7531 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
7532 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
7533 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
7534 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
7535 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
7536 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
7537 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
7538 if (not_found
7539 && (b->condition_not_parsed
7540 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
7541 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
7542 not_found_and_ok = 1;
7543
7544 if (!not_found_and_ok)
7545 {
7546 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
7547 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
7548 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
7549 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
7550 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
7551 which approach is better. */
7552 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7553 throw_exception (e);
7554 }
7555 }
7556
7557 if (not_found)
7558 break;
7559
7560 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
7561 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
7562 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
7563 {
7564 char *cond_string = 0;
7565 int thread = -1;
7566 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
7567 &cond_string, &thread);
7568 if (cond_string)
7569 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7570 b->thread = thread;
7571 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7572 }
7573 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
7574 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded);
7575
7576 xfree (sals.sals);
7577 break;
7578
7579 case bp_watchpoint:
7580 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7581 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7582 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7583 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
7584 or it can be on local variables.
7585
7586 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
7587 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
7588 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
7589 and unloaded.
7590
7591 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
7592 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
7593 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
7594 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
7595 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
7596 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
7597
7598 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
7599 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
7600 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
7601 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
7602
7603 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
7604 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
7605
7606 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
7607 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
7608 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
7609 break;
7610 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
7611 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
7612 loaded. */
7613 case bp_catch_fork:
7614 case bp_catch_vfork:
7615 case bp_catch_exec:
7616 break;
7617
7618 default:
7619 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
7620 /* fall through */
7621 /* Delete overlay event breakpoints; they will be reset later by
7622 breakpoint_re_set. */
7623 case bp_overlay_event:
7624 delete_breakpoint (b);
7625 break;
7626
7627 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
7628 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
7629 case bp_shlib_event:
7630
7631 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
7632 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
7633 case bp_thread_event:
7634
7635 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
7636 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
7637 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
7638 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
7639 case bp_until:
7640 case bp_finish:
7641 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7642 case bp_call_dummy:
7643 case bp_step_resume:
7644 case bp_longjmp:
7645 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7646 break;
7647 }
7648
7649 return 0;
7650 }
7651
7652 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
7653 void
7654 breakpoint_re_set (void)
7655 {
7656 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7657 enum language save_language;
7658 int save_input_radix;
7659
7660 save_language = current_language->la_language;
7661 save_input_radix = input_radix;
7662 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7663 {
7664 /* Format possible error msg */
7665 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
7666 b->number);
7667 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
7668 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7669 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7670 }
7671 set_language (save_language);
7672 input_radix = save_input_radix;
7673
7674 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
7675 }
7676 \f
7677 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
7678
7679 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
7680 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
7681 void
7682 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
7683 {
7684 if (b->thread != -1)
7685 {
7686 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7687 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7688 }
7689 }
7690
7691 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7692 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7693 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7694
7695 void
7696 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
7697 {
7698 struct breakpoint *b;
7699
7700 if (count < 0)
7701 count = 0;
7702
7703 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7704 if (b->number == bptnum)
7705 {
7706 b->ignore_count = count;
7707 if (from_tty)
7708 {
7709 if (count == 0)
7710 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
7711 bptnum);
7712 else if (count == 1)
7713 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
7714 bptnum);
7715 else
7716 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
7717 count, bptnum);
7718 }
7719 breakpoints_changed ();
7720 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
7721 return;
7722 }
7723
7724 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
7725 }
7726
7727 /* Clear the ignore counts of all breakpoints. */
7728 void
7729 breakpoint_clear_ignore_counts (void)
7730 {
7731 struct breakpoint *b;
7732
7733 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7734 b->ignore_count = 0;
7735 }
7736
7737 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
7738
7739 static void
7740 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7741 {
7742 char *p = args;
7743 int num;
7744
7745 if (p == 0)
7746 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
7747
7748 num = get_number (&p);
7749 if (num == 0)
7750 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
7751 if (*p == 0)
7752 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
7753
7754 set_ignore_count (num,
7755 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
7756 from_tty);
7757 if (from_tty)
7758 printf_filtered ("\n");
7759 }
7760 \f
7761 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
7762 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
7763
7764 static void
7765 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *))
7766 {
7767 char *p = args;
7768 char *p1;
7769 int num;
7770 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
7771 int match;
7772
7773 if (p == 0)
7774 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
7775
7776 while (*p)
7777 {
7778 match = 0;
7779 p1 = p;
7780
7781 num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7782 if (num == 0)
7783 {
7784 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
7785 }
7786 else
7787 {
7788 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
7789 if (b->number == num)
7790 {
7791 struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
7792 match = 1;
7793 function (b);
7794 if (related_breakpoint)
7795 function (related_breakpoint);
7796 break;
7797 }
7798 if (match == 0)
7799 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
7800 }
7801 p = p1;
7802 }
7803 }
7804
7805 static struct bp_location *
7806 find_location_by_number (char *number)
7807 {
7808 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
7809 char *p1;
7810 int bp_num;
7811 int loc_num;
7812 struct breakpoint *b;
7813 struct bp_location *loc;
7814
7815 *dot = '\0';
7816
7817 p1 = number;
7818 bp_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7819 if (bp_num == 0)
7820 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7821
7822 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7823 if (b->number == bp_num)
7824 {
7825 break;
7826 }
7827
7828 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
7829 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7830
7831 p1 = dot+1;
7832 loc_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7833 if (loc_num == 0)
7834 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
7835
7836 --loc_num;
7837 loc = b->loc;
7838 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
7839 ;
7840 if (!loc)
7841 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
7842
7843 return loc;
7844 }
7845
7846
7847 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7848 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7849 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7850
7851 void
7852 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7853 {
7854 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
7855 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
7856 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
7857 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
7858 return;
7859
7860 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
7861 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7862 return;
7863
7864 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7865
7866 update_global_location_list (0);
7867
7868 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
7869 }
7870
7871 static void
7872 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7873 {
7874 struct breakpoint *bpt;
7875 if (args == 0)
7876 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
7877 switch (bpt->type)
7878 {
7879 case bp_none:
7880 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7881 bpt->number);
7882 continue;
7883 case bp_breakpoint:
7884 case bp_catch_load:
7885 case bp_catch_unload:
7886 case bp_catch_fork:
7887 case bp_catch_vfork:
7888 case bp_catch_exec:
7889 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7890 case bp_watchpoint:
7891 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7892 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7893 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7894 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
7895 default:
7896 continue;
7897 }
7898 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
7899 {
7900 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
7901 if (loc)
7902 loc->enabled = 0;
7903 update_global_location_list (0);
7904 }
7905 else
7906 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, disable_breakpoint);
7907 }
7908
7909 static void
7910 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
7911 {
7912 int target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
7913 struct value *mark;
7914
7915 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7916 {
7917 int i;
7918 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7919 target_resources_ok =
7920 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7921 i + 1, 0);
7922 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7923 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7924 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7925 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7926 }
7927
7928 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint ||
7929 bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
7930 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
7931 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
7932 {
7933 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
7934
7935 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
7936 if (bpt->exp_valid_block != NULL)
7937 {
7938 struct frame_info *fr =
7939 fr = frame_find_by_id (bpt->watchpoint_frame);
7940 if (fr == NULL)
7941 {
7942 printf_filtered (_("\
7943 Cannot enable watchpoint %d because the block in which its expression\n\
7944 is valid is not currently in scope.\n"), bpt->number);
7945 return;
7946 }
7947 select_frame (fr);
7948 }
7949
7950 if (bpt->val)
7951 value_free (bpt->val);
7952 mark = value_mark ();
7953 fetch_watchpoint_value (bpt->exp, &bpt->val, NULL, NULL);
7954 if (bpt->val)
7955 release_value (bpt->val);
7956 bpt->val_valid = 1;
7957
7958 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
7959 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
7960 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
7961 {
7962 int i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bpt->type, &other_type_used);
7963 int mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bpt->val);
7964
7965 /* Hack around 'unused var' error for some targets here */
7966 (void) mem_cnt, (void) i;
7967 target_resources_ok = TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (
7968 bpt->type, i + mem_cnt, other_type_used);
7969 /* we can consider of type is bp_hardware_watchpoint, convert to
7970 bp_watchpoint in the following condition */
7971 if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7972 {
7973 printf_filtered (_("\
7974 Cannot enable watchpoint %d because target watch resources\n\
7975 have been allocated for other watchpoints.\n"), bpt->number);
7976 value_free_to_mark (mark);
7977 return;
7978 }
7979 }
7980
7981 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
7982 value_free_to_mark (mark);
7983 }
7984
7985 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
7986 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7987 bpt->disposition = disposition;
7988 update_global_location_list (1);
7989 breakpoints_changed ();
7990
7991 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
7992 }
7993
7994
7995 void
7996 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7997 {
7998 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition);
7999 }
8000
8001 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
8002 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
8003 in stopping the inferior. */
8004
8005 static void
8006 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8007 {
8008 struct breakpoint *bpt;
8009 if (args == 0)
8010 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
8011 switch (bpt->type)
8012 {
8013 case bp_none:
8014 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8015 bpt->number);
8016 continue;
8017 case bp_breakpoint:
8018 case bp_catch_load:
8019 case bp_catch_unload:
8020 case bp_catch_fork:
8021 case bp_catch_vfork:
8022 case bp_catch_exec:
8023 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
8024 case bp_watchpoint:
8025 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8026 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8027 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8028 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
8029 default:
8030 continue;
8031 }
8032 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
8033 {
8034 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
8035 if (loc)
8036 loc->enabled = 1;
8037 update_global_location_list (1);
8038 }
8039 else
8040 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_breakpoint);
8041 }
8042
8043 static void
8044 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8045 {
8046 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable);
8047 }
8048
8049 static void
8050 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8051 {
8052 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint);
8053 }
8054
8055 static void
8056 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8057 {
8058 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del);
8059 }
8060
8061 static void
8062 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8063 {
8064 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint);
8065 }
8066 \f
8067 static void
8068 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8069 {
8070 }
8071
8072 static void
8073 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8074 {
8075 }
8076
8077 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
8078
8079 struct symtabs_and_lines
8080 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
8081 {
8082 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8083 if (string == 0)
8084 error (_("Empty line specification."));
8085 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
8086 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8087 default_breakpoint_symtab,
8088 default_breakpoint_line,
8089 (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8090 else
8091 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8092 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8093 if (*string)
8094 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
8095 return sals;
8096 }
8097
8098 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
8099 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
8100 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
8101 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
8102 someday. */
8103
8104 void *
8105 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc)
8106 {
8107 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
8108
8109 bp_tgt = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8110 memset (bp_tgt, 0, sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8111
8112 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
8113 if (target_insert_breakpoint (bp_tgt) != 0)
8114 {
8115 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
8116 xfree (bp_tgt);
8117 return NULL;
8118 }
8119
8120 return bp_tgt;
8121 }
8122
8123 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
8124
8125 int
8126 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (void *bp)
8127 {
8128 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
8129 int ret;
8130
8131 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (bp_tgt);
8132 xfree (bp_tgt);
8133
8134 return ret;
8135 }
8136
8137 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
8138
8139 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
8140
8141 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
8142
8143 void
8144 insert_single_step_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR next_pc)
8145 {
8146 void **bpt_p;
8147
8148 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
8149 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
8150 else
8151 {
8152 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
8153 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
8154 }
8155
8156 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
8157 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
8158 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
8159 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
8160 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
8161 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
8162
8163 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (next_pc);
8164 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
8165 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at 0x%s"),
8166 paddr_nz (next_pc));
8167 }
8168
8169 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
8170
8171 void
8172 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
8173 {
8174 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
8175
8176 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
8177 call. */
8178 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[0]);
8179 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
8180
8181 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
8182 {
8183 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[1]);
8184 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
8185 }
8186 }
8187
8188 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
8189
8190 static int
8191 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
8192 {
8193 int i;
8194
8195 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
8196 {
8197 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
8198 if (bp_tgt && bp_tgt->placed_address == pc)
8199 return 1;
8200 }
8201
8202 return 0;
8203 }
8204
8205 \f
8206 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
8207 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
8208 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
8209 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
8210 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
8211 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8212 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
8213 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
8214 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
8215 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
8216 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
8217 \n\
8218 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
8219 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
8220 \n\
8221 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
8222 \n\
8223 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
8224
8225 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
8226 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
8227
8228 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
8229 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
8230
8231 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
8232 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
8233 static void
8234 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
8235 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
8236 struct cmd_list_element *command),
8237 void *user_data_catch,
8238 void *user_data_tcatch)
8239 {
8240 struct cmd_list_element *command;
8241
8242 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
8243 &catch_cmdlist);
8244 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
8245 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
8246
8247 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
8248 &tcatch_cmdlist);
8249 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
8250 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
8251 }
8252
8253 void
8254 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
8255 {
8256 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
8257 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
8258 struct cmd_list_element *c;
8259
8260 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
8261
8262 breakpoint_chain = 0;
8263 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
8264 before a breakpoint is set. */
8265 breakpoint_count = 0;
8266
8267 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
8268 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
8269 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
8270 if (xdb_commands)
8271 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
8272
8273 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
8274 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
8275 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
8276 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
8277 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
8278 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
8279 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
8280 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
8281
8282 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
8283 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
8284 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
8285 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
8286
8287 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
8288 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
8289 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8290 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
8291 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
8292 \n"
8293 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
8294 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8295
8296 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
8297 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8298 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
8299 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
8300 \n"
8301 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
8302 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8303
8304 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
8305 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8306 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8307 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
8308 \n"
8309 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
8310 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8311
8312 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8313 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8314 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8315 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8316 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8317 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
8318 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8319 if (xdb_commands)
8320 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8321 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8322 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8323 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8324 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8325 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
8326
8327 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8328
8329 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8330 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8331 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8332 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8333 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
8334 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
8335
8336 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8337 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8338 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8339 &enablebreaklist);
8340
8341 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8342 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8343 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8344 &enablebreaklist);
8345
8346 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8347 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8348 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8349 &enablelist);
8350
8351 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8352 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8353 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8354 &enablelist);
8355
8356 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8357 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8358 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8359 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8360 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
8361 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8362 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8363 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8364 if (xdb_commands)
8365 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8366 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8367 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8368 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8369 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
8370
8371 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
8372 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8373 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8374 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8375 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
8376 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
8377 &disablelist);
8378
8379 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8380 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8381 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8382 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8383 \n\
8384 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
8385 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
8386 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
8387 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8388 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8389 if (xdb_commands)
8390 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8391 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
8392 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8393 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
8394
8395 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
8396 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8397 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8398 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8399 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
8400 &deletelist);
8401
8402 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
8403 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
8404 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8405 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
8406 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
8407 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
8408 \n\
8409 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
8410 is executing in.\n\
8411 \n\
8412 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
8413
8414 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
8415 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
8416 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
8417 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8418
8419 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
8420 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
8421 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
8422 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
8423
8424 if (xdb_commands)
8425 {
8426 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
8427 add_com_alias ("bu", "ubreak", class_breakpoint, 1);
8428 }
8429
8430 if (dbx_commands)
8431 {
8432 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
8433 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
8434 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
8435 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
8436 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
8437 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
8438 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
8439 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
8440 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8441 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8442 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8443 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8444 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8445 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8446 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8447 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8448 \n\
8449 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8450 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8451 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8452 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8453 breakpoint set."));
8454 }
8455
8456 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
8457 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8458 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8459 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8460 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8461 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8462 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8463 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8464 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8465 \n\
8466 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8467 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8468 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8469 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8470 breakpoint set."));
8471
8472 if (xdb_commands)
8473 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
8474 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8475 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8476 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8477 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8478 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8479 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8480 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8481 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8482 \n\
8483 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8484 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8485 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8486 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8487 breakpoint set."));
8488
8489 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
8490 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8491 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8492 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8493 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8494 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
8495 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
8496 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
8497 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
8498 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8499 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8500 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8501 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8502 \n\
8503 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8504 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8505 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8506 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8507 breakpoint set."),
8508 &maintenanceinfolist);
8509
8510 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
8511 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
8512 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
8513 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
8514
8515 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
8516 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
8517 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
8518 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
8519
8520 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
8521 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
8522 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
8523 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8524 catch_catch_command,
8525 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8526 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8527 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
8528 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
8529 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8530 catch_throw_command,
8531 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8532 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8533 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
8534 catch_fork_command_1,
8535 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
8536 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
8537 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
8538 catch_fork_command_1,
8539 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
8540 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
8541 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
8542 catch_exec_command_1,
8543 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8544 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8545 add_catch_command ("load", _("\
8546 Catch library loads.\n\
8547 With an argument, catch only loads of that library."),
8548 catch_load_command_1,
8549 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8550 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8551 add_catch_command ("unload", _("\
8552 Catch library unloads.\n\
8553 With an argument, catch only unloads of that library."),
8554 catch_unload_command_1,
8555 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8556 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8557 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
8558 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
8559 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8560 catch_ada_exception_command,
8561 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8562 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8563 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
8564 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
8565 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8566 catch_assert_command,
8567 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8568 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8569
8570 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
8571 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8572 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8573 an expression changes."));
8574 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8575
8576 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
8577 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8578 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8579 an expression is read."));
8580 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8581
8582 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
8583 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8584 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8585 an expression is either read or written."));
8586 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8587
8588 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info,
8589 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
8590
8591
8592 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
8593 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
8594 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
8595 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
8596 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8597 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8598 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
8599 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
8600 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
8601 hardware.)"),
8602 NULL,
8603 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
8604 &setlist, &showlist);
8605
8606 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
8607
8608 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8609 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8610 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8611 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8612 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
8613 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
8614 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8615 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8616 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8617 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8618 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
8619 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
8620
8621 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
8622 &pending_break_support, _("\
8623 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8624 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8625 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
8626 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
8627 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
8628 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
8629 NULL,
8630 show_pending_break_support,
8631 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8632 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8633
8634 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
8635
8636 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
8637 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
8638 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8639 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8640 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
8641 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
8642 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
8643 NULL,
8644 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
8645 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8646 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8647
8648 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
8649 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
8650 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
8651 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
8652 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
8653 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
8654 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
8655 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
8656 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
8657 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
8658 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
8659 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
8660 NULL,
8661 &show_always_inserted_mode,
8662 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8663 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8664
8665 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
8666 }